Volume5 Issue7(5)
Volume 5, Issue 7(5), July 2016 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research
Published by Sucharitha Publications 8-43-7/1, Chinna Waltair Visakhapatnam – 530 017 Andhra Pradesh – India Email: [email protected] Website: www.ijmer.in
Editorial Board Editor-in-Chief Dr.K. Victor Babu Faculty, Department of Philosophy Andhra University – Visakhapatnam - 530 003 Andhra Pradesh – India
EDITORIAL BOARD MEMBERS
Prof. S.Mahendra Dev Prof. Fidel Gutierrez Vivanco Vice Chancellor Founder and President Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Escuela Virtual de Asesoría Filosófica Research Lima Peru Mumbai Prof. Igor Kondrashin Prof.Y.C. Simhadri The Member of The Russian Philosophical Vice Chancellor, Patna University Society Former Director The Russian Humanist Society and Expert of Institute of Constitutional and Parliamentary The UNESCO, Moscow, Russia Studies, New Delhi & Formerly Vice Chancellor of Dr. Zoran Vujisiæ Benaras Hindu University, Andhra University Rector Nagarjuna University, Patna University St. Gregory Nazianzen Orthodox Institute
Universidad Rural de Guatemala, GT, U.S.A Prof. (Dr.) Sohan Raj Tater
Former Vice Chancellor Singhania University, Rajasthan Prof.U.Shameem Department of Zoology Andhra University Visakhapatnam Prof.K.Sreerama Murty Department of Economics Dr. N.V.S.Suryanarayana Andhra University - Visakhapatnam Dept. of Education, A.U. Campus Vizianagaram Prof. K.R.Rajani Department of Philosophy Dr. Kameswara Sharma YVR Andhra University – Visakhapatnam Asst. Professor Dept. of Zoology Prof. P.D.Satya Paul Sri. Venkateswara College, Delhi University, Department of Anthropology Delhi Andhra University – Visakhapatnam I Ketut Donder Prof. Josef HÖCHTL Depasar State Institute of Hindu Dharma Department of Political Economy Indonesia University of Vienna, Vienna & Ex. Member of the Austrian Parliament Prof. Roger Wiemers Austria Professor of Education Lipscomb University, Nashville, USA Prof. Alexander Chumakov Chair of Philosophy Dr. N.S. Dhanam Russian Philosophical Society Department of Philosophy Moscow, Russia Andhra University Visakhapatnam
Dr.B.S.N.Murthy Dr.T.V.Ramana Department of Mechanical Engineering Department of Economics GITAM University Andhra University Campus, Kakinada Visakhapatnam Dr.Ton Quang Cuong Dr.S.V Lakshmana Rao Dean of Faculty of Teacher Education Coordinator University of Education, VNU, Hanoi A.P State Resource Center Visakhapatnam Prof. Chanakya Kumar Department of Computer Science Dr.S.Kannan University of Pune,Pune Department of History Annamalai University Prof. Djordje Branko Vukelic Annamalai Nagar, Chidambaram Department for Production Engineering University of Novi Sad, Serbia Dr. Barada Prasad Bhol Registrar, Purushottam Institute of Prof.Shobha V Huilgol Engineering & Technology Department of Pharmacology Sundargarh, Odisha Off- Al- Ameen Medical College, Bijapur
Dr.E. Ashok Kumar Prof.Joseph R.Jayakar Department of Education Department of English North- Eastern Hill University, Shillong GITAM University Hyderabad Dr.K.Chaitanya Department of Chemistry Prof.Francesco Massoni Nanjing University of Science and Department of Public Health Sciences Technology University of Sapienza, Rome People’s Republic of China Prof.Mehsin Jabel Atteya Dr.Merina Islam Al-Mustansiriyah University Department of Philosophy College of Education Cachar College, Assam Department of Mathematics, Iraq
Dr. Bipasha Sinha Prof. Ronato Sabalza Ballado S. S. Jalan Girls’ College Department of Mathematics University of Calcutta, Calcutta University of Eastern Philippines, Philippines
Prof. N Kanakaratnam Dr.Senthur Velmurugan .V Dept. of History, Archaeology & Culture Librarian Dravidian University, Kuppam Kalasalingam University Andhra Pradesh Krishnankovil Tamilnadu
Dr. K. John Babu Dr.J.B.Chakravarthi Department of Journalism & Mass Comm Assistant Professor Central University of Kashmir, Kashmir Department of Sahitya Rasthritya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha, Tirupati
® © Editor-in-Chief, IJMER Typeset and Printed in India www.ijmer.in IJMER, Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research, concentrates on critical and creative research in multidisciplinary traditions. This journal seeks to promote original research and cultivate a fruitful dialogue between old and new thought. Volume 5 Issue 7(5) July 2016
S. Page
No No 1. Social Adjustment among Adolescent Students 1 S.Rajeswari and J.O.Jeryda Gnanajane Eljo 2. The Indian Automobile Industry 19 Manpreet Kaur 3. A Peep in to the History of Migration and its impact on 33 Tribes in Wayanad Sajaneesh V.P 4. Survey on Key Aggregate Searchable Encryption 42 Santosh Shamrao Darawade and Ashvini Jadhav 5. A Case Study to Increase Sigma Level in A Production 56 Line Ramesh Kumar and Sanjay Kumar 6. ESP (English for Specific Purpose) –Pedagogy Applied 83 in Teaching English as Second Language in India – Challenges in Adopting in Curriculum V. Padmaja Udaya Purnima 7. Need for Good HRD Climate 91 G.V.R. Murthy 8. Performance of Mudra Loans in India 99 Ch. Nageswara Rao,D. Lalithaa Rani and P.Veearabhadra Swamy 9. The Concept of Brahman in the Upanishads 125 Sumita Banerjee 10. Political Empowerment of Scheduled Caste Women in 138 Panchayat Raj Institutions N.Kedareswari 11. Characterstics of Good Teaching 148 Baby Rani V 12. Column -Oriented Database Implementation for 151 Improving Performance of Read-Only Queries Mamta Yadav and Sapna Yadav 13. Aham Brahmasmi : I Am Brahman - I Am Spirit Soul 158 A.V.Krishna Rao 14. The Relevance of Swami Vivekananda’s Man-Making 165 Education in the Present Century Mallarika Sarkar (Das) 15. A Tribute to Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam 178 Syed Mujahid 16. Catharanthus Roseus (Sadabahar) Flowers Incorporated 183 Chocolates As A Hypoglycemic Product Geetika Aman,Lakhvinder Kaur and Gurjeet Kaur Chawla 17. Effect of circuit training on the sports 192 Performance of volleyball players Bheemappa. E. Arakera 18. Poverty Alleviation Measures in Inida: An overview 202 Dr. Mariamma.A.K 19. Disputes between centre and state regarding Fiscal and 214 other matters Dr. Kailash Kumar 20. Effect socio-economic status on personality Traits of 239 sports players Mr.Syedali 21. ieerlee³eeëefMe#eece=leced 251 Dr. R.Chandrasekhar
Dr. K. VICTOR BABU ISSN : 2277 – 7881 M.A.,M.A.,M.Phil.,Ph.D.,PDF, (D.Lit) Impact Factor :3.318(2015) Faculty of Philosophy and Religious Index Copernicus Value: 5.16 Studies & Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) & Sucharitha: A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Andhra University, Visakhapatnam Pin - 530 003 , Andhra Pradesh – India
Editorial……
You will be happy to know that we have entered the fifth year of publication of IJMER, since its inception in April 2012. Focusing on many interdisciplinary subjects, the published papers are spreading the knowledge with fervent hope of upholding the holistic approach. With all my heart, I reiterate to echo my sincere feelings and express my profound thanks to each and every valued contributor. This journal continues to nurture and enhance the capabilities of one and all associated with it.
We as a team with relentless efforts are committed to inspire the readers and achieve further progress. Aim is to sustain the tempo and improve. We acknowledge with pleasure that our readers are enjoying the publications of Sucharitha Publishers. We solicit to receive ideas and comments for future improvements in its content and quality. Editor –in-Chief explicitly conveys his gratitude to all the Editorial Board members. Your support is our motivation. Best wishes to everyone.
Dr.K.Victor Babu Editor-in-Chief
SOCIAL SCIENCES, HUMANITIES, COMMERCE & MANAGEMENT, ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY, MEDICINE, SCIENCES, ART & DEVELOPMENT STUDIES, LAW www.ijmer.in
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT AMONG ADOLESCENT STUDENTS
Dr.S.Rajeswari Dr.J.O.Jeryda Gnanajane Eljo Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Department of Social Work Department of Social Work Jamal Mohamed College Tiruchirappalli, Bharathidasan University Tamil Nadu, India Tiruchirappalli, Tamil Nadu, India
Abstract
Adolescence is a vital stage of development and adolescents faces lot of problems in adjusting with others in the family such as parents, siblings, neighbours, peers and community at large. Hence, the present study aims to know about the level of social adjustment among adolescent students and to insist on social work interventions needed for their positive growth and development by using descriptive research design. The researcher will administer the social adjustment inventory developed by Dr.Roma Pal (1985). The universe of the study consists of 198 students studying in XI standard (Boys – 100 students and Girls – 98 students). The researcher will adopt stratified disproportionate random sampling method and collect data from 100 students (Boys:52, Girls:48) and data will be analyzed and necessary social work intervention and life skills will be suggested to promote well-being of the adolescent students.
Key words: Adolescence, social adjustment, social work and life skills intervention.
INTRODUCTION:
Adjustment is an in-built instrument in every individual in order to lead a peaceful and successful life. But in the sophisticated life situation, individual finds it difficult to adjust with the family members, peer group, friends, neighbours and significant others in the
www.ijmer.in 1 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
environment. As adolescence is a vital stage of development, it becomes more difficult for them to control their emotions as they do not have the capacity to make wise decisions with regard to their day to day life affairs. They also do not like to mingle with others in the family as they undergo lot of physical and psychological changes. They hesitate to talk with unknown person and do not like to take part in social functions and develop healthy relationship with neighbours and relatives in the community.
On the other hand, parents and society do not understand the real changes that take place for the adolescents and impose high expectations on them because of which adolescents try to isolate themselves from their family members and relatives. This in turn makes the parents to suspect the behaviour of their adolescent wards.
Adolescents spend most of their time in school with teachers and friends. Teachers become role model for the adolescents and their behaviour is much influenced by the teachers. Hence teachers have a very important duty in shaping the personality of the adolescent students. They have to teach the moral values and inculcate the value system in the students such as discipline, sincerity and hardworking. Failure in this regard has an adverse effect on the adolescents.
They give more importance for their friends rather than their parents. Similarly friends have to accept the adolescents with their strength and weaknesses and have to give due regards for their ideas and views. This will enable the adolescents to share and express their feelings. It also teaches them to give due consideration for others suggestions in their decision making process. When the adolescents have problem with friends or have friends with deviant behaviours like smoking, drinking it also act as threat for the positive development of adolescents.
www.ijmer.in 2 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
REVIEW OF LITERATURE
Dutta et al. (1998). “Social adjustment of adolescents”.
The study was done with 200 adolescents drawn equally from Assam agricultural university and Kendriya vidyalaya, district of Jorhat, Assam. The Sample consisted of 50 boys and 50 girls covering the age group of 16 to 18 years and 19 to 21 years with equal gender representation was selected. Adjustment inventory for college students developed by Sinha and Singh (1980) was administered. The results revealed that there was no significant difference among the gender and also between the two age groups in the area of social adjustment
Raju M.V.R. and Khaja Rahamtulla T. (2007). “Adjustment Problem among School Students”.
The objective of the study was to examine the adjustment problems of school students from urban and rural schools of Visakhapatnam district. The study included not only family adjustment, social adjustment, academic adjustment, financial adjustment and emotional adjustment but also age, gender, class and type of school of the students. The sample consisted of 461 students(197 boys, 264 girls) selected randomly from various private and government schools in rural and urban areas of Vishakapatnam district and collected data by using a standardized questionnaire developed by Jain(1972). The findings of the study revealed that adjustment of school children primarily depends upon the school variables such as class in which they are studying, the medium of instruction present in the school, and the type of management of the school. It was also inferred that parental education and occupation of the school children also significantly influenced adjustment.
www.ijmer.in 3 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Adeoye, Ayodele O. (2009). “Impact of home types, religion and gender on adolescent social adjustment among Ogun State secondary schools students in Nigeria”.
The main objective of the study was to examine the effect of home types, religion and gender on adolescent social adjustment. The sample consisted of 200 adolescent students between the age group of 12 to 18 years from Ikenne Local Government of Ogun State Nigeria by adopting random sampling technique and data was collected by using a self prepared questionnaire measuring social adjustment. The findings of the study revealed that the predictor variable accounted for 19.6% of the determinant of social adjustment and there was a significant difference between the home type, religion and level of social adjustment. There was no significant difference between the gender and the level of social adjustment.
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Aims and Objectives
The present study has the following objectives
To study the socio-demographic profile of the adolescents students
To study the level of social adjustment
To suggests suitable measures to enhance the social adjustment of the adolescent students.
Hypotheses
There is significant association between the age of the respondents and their level of social adjustment
There is significant difference between the male and female respondents with regard to their level of social adjustment.
www.ijmer.in 4 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
There is significant difference among the group studied by the respondents with regard to their level of social adjustment.
There is significant difference among the educational status of the respondents fathers with regard to their level of social adjustment
There is significant difference among the educational status of the respondents mothers with regard to their level of social adjustment.
There is significant difference between the joint and nuclear family of the respondents with regard to their level of social adjustment.
Research Design
The researcher has adopted Descriptive Research design to describe the socio-demographic characteristics of the adolescent students and to explain about their level of social adjustment in the dimension of emotional adjustment and social adjustment.
Pilot Study
The researcher obtained permission from the school and interacted with few adolescents and explained about the nature of the study and enabled them to understand the importance of the study. The adolescent students co-operated with the researcher and provided the data
Universe and Sample
The universe of the study consists of 198 students studying in XI standard (Boys – 100 students and Girls – 98 students). The researcher has adopted stratified disproportionate random sampling method and collected data from 100 students (Boys:52, Girls:48).
www.ijmer.in 5 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Tools of Data Collection
The researcher used the social adjustment inventory developed by Dr.Roma Pal (1985) and it was administered with 5 students to find out the reliability of the inventory and it was found 0.82 under split- half method.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS
Table No:1 DISTRIBUTION OF RESPONDENTS BY THEIR VARIOUS SOCIO- DEMOGRAPHIC VARIABLES S.No Socio-Demographic Variables No. of Percentage Respondents (N = 100) 1 Age 15 years 11 11 16 years 65 65 17 years 24 24 Mean :16.13, S.D :0.58 2. Gender Male 52 52 Female 48 48 3. Subject Opted Computer Science with 10 10 Maths 6 6 Pure Science 30 30 Commerce with Maths 54 54 Commerce with Vocational 4. Domicile Rural Area 7 7 Urban Area 93 93 5. Religion Hindu 59 59 Muslim 41 41 6. Type of Family Joint Family 14 14 Nuclear Family 86 86 7. Fathers Education High School 30 30
www.ijmer.in 6 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Higher Secondary 49 49 Under Graduation 13 13 Post Graduation 5 5 Illiterate 3 3 8. Mothers Education High School 37 37 Higher Secondary 48 48 Under Graduation 10 10 Post Graduation 5 5 9. Fathers Occupation Coolie Work 43 43 Farmer 6 6 Private Employee 36 36 Business 12 12 Government Employee 3 3 10. Mothers Occupation House Wife 75 75 Private Employee 12 12 Business 8 8 Government Employee 5 5 11. Fathers Income Below Rs.5000 58 58 Rs.5001 to Rs.10,000 32 32 Rs.10,001 to Rs.15,000 5 5 Rs.15,001 and Above 5 5 Mean :1.57, S.D : 0.80 12. Mothers Income No Income 73 73 Below Rs.5000 19 19 Rs.5001 to Rs.10,000 6 6 Rs.10,001 to Rs.15,000 1 1 Rs.15,001 and Above 1 1 Mean :1.38, S.D : 0.73 13.. Number of Siblings Below 2 61 61 3 to 4 38 38 Above 5 1 1 Mean :1.40, S.D : 0.51
www.ijmer.in 7 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
It is inferred from the above table that nearly two-third (65%) of the respondents are in the age group of 16 years (Mean:16.13) of age, nearly one-fourth (24%) of the respondents are in the age group of 17 years of age and 11% of respondents are in the age group of 15 years of age.
Regarding gender, more than half (52%) of the respondents are male and nearly half (48%) of the respondents are female.
It is evident from the above table that more than half (54%) of the respondents have opted commerce with vocational education as their subject, more than one-fourth (30%) of the respondents have opted commerce with maths,10% of the respondents have opted computer science with maths and 6% of the respondents have opted pure science.
As far as domicile is concerned, vast majority (93%) of the respondents live in urban area and 7 % of the respondents live in rural area.
With regard to religion, more than half (59%) of the respondents are Hindu and more than one-third (41%) of the respondents are Muslim.
Regarding the type of family, majority (86%) of the respondents is in nuclear family and 14% of the respondents are in joint family.
It is inferred from the above table that nearly half (49%) of the respondents father’s have studied higher secondary, nearly one-third (30%) of the respondents father’s have studied high school, 13% of the respondents father’s have studied Under graduation, 5% of the respondents father’s have studied post graduation and 3% of the respondents father’s are illiterate.
Regarding the educational status of the respondents mothers, nearly half (48%) of the respondents mother’s have studied higher secondary, more than one-third(37%) of the respondents mother’s have studied high school, 10% of the respondents mother’s have studied under
www.ijmer.in 8 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
graduation and 5% of the respondents mothers have studied post graduation.
With regard to occupational status of the respondents fathers, nearly half (43%) of the respondents father’s are involved in coolie work, more than one-third (36%) of the respondents father’s are private employees, 12% of the respondents father’s are involved in business, 6% of the respondents father’s are farmers and 3% of the respondents father’s are government employees.
As far as occupation of the respondents mother’s are concerned, majority(75%) of the respondents mother’s are housewives, 12% of the respondents mothers are private employees, 8% of the respondents mother’s are involved in business and 5% of the respondents mothers are government employees.
It is evident from the above table that more than half (58%) of the respondents father’s earn below Rs.5000 per month, nearly one- third(32%) of the respondents father’s earn Rs.5001 to Rs.10,000 per month, 5% of the respondents father’s earn Rs.10,001 to Rs.15,000 per month and 5% of the respondents father’s earn Rs.15,001 and above per month.
With regard to income status of the respondents mother’s, majority(73%) of the respondents mother’s earn no income, 19% of the respondents mother’s earn below Rs.5000 per month, 6% of the respondents mother’s earn Rs.5001 to Rs.10,000 per month, 1% of the respondents mother’s earn Rs.10,001 to Rs.15,000 per month and 1% of the respondents mother’s earn Rs.15,001 and above per month.
With regard to number of siblings, nearly two-third(61%) of the respondents have below 2 siblings, more than one-third(38%) of the respondents have 3 to 4 siblings and 1% of the respondents have above 5 siblings.
www.ijmer.in 9 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Table No:2 DISTRIBUTION OF RESPONDENTS BY VARIOUS DIMENSIONS OF SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT S.No Dimension of Social No. of Percentage Adjustment Respondents (N=100) 1 Emotional Adjustment Low 52 52 High 48 48 2 Social Adjustment Low 51 51 High 49 49 3 Overall Social Adjustment 51 51 Low 49 49 High Total 100 100 It is inferred from the above table that more than half (52%) of the respondents have low level of social adjustment in the dimension of emotional adjustment and nearly half (48%) of the respondents have high level of social adjustment in the dimension of emotional adjustment.
The above table reveals that more than half (51%) of the respondents has low level of social adjustment in the dimension of social adjustment and nearly half (49%) of the respondents have high level of social adjustment in the dimension of social adjustment.
It is inferred from the above table that more than half (51%) of the respondents have low level of overall social adjustment and nearly half (49%) of the respondents have high level of overall social adjustment.
www.ijmer.in 10 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Table No:3 ASSOCIATION BETWEEN AGE OF THE RESPONDENTS AND VARIOUS DIMENSIONS OF SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT S.No Age of the Social Adjustment Respondents Statistical Low High Inferences 1 Emotional X2 = 3.193 Adjustment 8 3 Df=2 15 years 29 36 P > 0.05 16 years 13 11 Not 17 years significant
2 Social Adjustment X2 =1.369 15 years 7 4 Df=2 16 years 30 35 P > 0.05 17 years 13 11 Not significant
3 X2 =4.981 Overall Social 8 3 Df=2 Adjustment 28 37 P < 0.05 15 years 15 9 significant 16 years 17 years
It is evident from the above table that there is significant association between the age of the respondents and the overall level of social adjustment.
There is no significant association between the age of the respondents and the social adjustment in the dimensions of emotional adjustment and social adjustment.
www.ijmer.in 11 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Table No:4 ‘Z’ TEST BETWEEN THE RESPONDENTS GENDER WITH REGARD TO VARIOUS DIMENSIONS OF SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT
S.N Gender of the N Mean SD Statistical o Respondents Inferences 1 Emotional Z = 8.723 Adjustment 52 40.05 6.08 P < 0.05 Male 48 46.45 3.91 Significant Female 2 Social Adjustment Z = 4.141 Male 52 41.48 5.75 P< 0.05 Female 48 46.97 4.20 Significant 3 Overall Social Z = 7.713 Adjustment 52 81.53 11.12 P< 0.05 Male 48 93.43 7.14 Significant Female
It is evident from the above table that there is significant difference between male and female respondents with regard to social adjustment in various dimensions namely emotional adjustment (Z = 8.723, P< 0.05), social adjustment (Z = 4.141, P<0.05) and overall social adjustment (Z = 7.713, P<0.05).
The mean score reveals that female respondents perceive higher level of social adjustment in the dimension namely emotional adjustment, social adjustment and overall social adjustment.
It further reveals that this study is consistent with the study made by Adeoye, Ayodele(2009) which revealed that gender is a determinant of adolescent social adjustment.
www.ijmer.in 12 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Table No: 5 ONE WAY ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE AMONG THE GROUP STUDIED BY THE RESPONDENTS WITH REGARD TO VARIOUS DIMENSIONS OF SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT S.No Group Df SS MS Mean Statistical Studied by Inferences the Respondents 1 Emotional G1 = F =2.138 Adjustment 3 227.52 75.84 42.20 P> 0.05 Between 96 3405.78 35.47 G2 = Not Groups 38.66 Significant Within Groups G3 = 44.90 G4 = 42.81 2 Social G1 = F =1.970 Adjustment 3 190.02 63.34 44.60 P > 0.05 Between 96 3086.53 32.15 G2 = Not Groups 40.66 Significant Within Groups G3 = 45.86 G4 = 43.44 3 Overall G1 = F =2.242 Social 3 802.08 86.80 P> 0.05 Adjustment 96 11448.67 267.36 G2 = Not Between 119.25 79.33 Significant Groups G3 = Within Groups 90.76 G4 = 86.25 G1= Computer science with Maths, G2=Pure science, G3=Commerce with Maths, G4=Commerce with vocational education
It is inferred from the above table that there is no significant difference among various subject studied by the respondents with regard to social
www.ijmer.in 13 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016 adjustment in the dimensions of emotional adjustment, social adjustment and overall social adjustment.
Table No: 6 ONE WAY ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE AMONG RESPONDENTS FATHERS EDUCATION WITH REGARD TO VARIOUS DIMENSIONS OF SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT S.No Fathers Df SS MS Mean Statistical Education of the Inferences Respondents 1 Emotional G1 = F =0.559 Adjustment 4 83.61 20.90 42.50 P >0.05 Between Groups 95 3549.69 37.36 G2 = Not Within Groups 43.65 Significant G3 = 42.46 G4 = 41.40 G5 = 46.66 2 Social G1 = F =.050 Adjustment 4 6.84 1.711 43.93 P> 0.05 Between Groups 95 3269.71 34.41 G2 = Not Within Groups 44.08 Significant G3 = 44.23 G4 = 44.60 G5 = 45.33 3 Overall Social G1 = F = 0.217 Adjustment 4 111.06 27.76 86.43 P > 0.05 Between Groups 95 12139.68 127.78 G2 = Not Within Groups 87.73 Significant G3 = 86.69 G4 = 86.00 G5 = 92.00
www.ijmer.in 14 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
G1= High school, G2=Higher Secondary, G3= Under Graduation, G4= Post Graduation, G5= Illiterate
It is evident from the above table that there is no significant difference among various educational status of the respondent father’s with regard to social adjustment in the dimensions of dimensions of emotional adjustment, social adjustment and overall social adjustment.
Table No:7 ONE WAY ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE AMONG RESPONDENTS MOTHERS EDUCATION WITH REGARD TO VARIOUS DIMENSIONS OF SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT S.No Mothers Df SS MS Mean Statistical Education of Inferences the Respondents 1 Emotional G1 F =2.697 Adjustment 3 282.46 94.15 =42.89 P< 0.05 Between 96 3350.84 34.90 G2 Significant Groups =43.14 Within Groups G3 =46.70 G4 =37.60 G5 =43.13 2 Social G1 = F =1.471 Adjustment 3 144.02 48.00 44.16 P > 0.05 Between 3132.54 32.63 G2 = Not Groups 96 43.56 Significant Within Groups G3 = 47.50 G4 = 42.40 G5 = 44.12 3 Overall G1 = F =2.120
www.ijmer.in 15 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Social 3 761.34 87.05 P > 0.05 Adjustment 96 11489.40 253.78 G2 = Not Between 119.68 86.70 Significant Groups G3 = Within Groups 94.20 G4 = 80.00 G5 = 87.25 G1= High school, G2=Higher Secondary, G3= Under Graduation, G4= Post Graduation
It is inferred from the above table that there is significant variance among various educational status of the respondents mothers with regard to social adjustment in the dimension of emotional adjustment. Further the mean value reveals that the respondent mothers who have studied Under Graduation have higher level of social adjustment in the dimension of emotional adjustment.
There is no significant variance among various educational status of the respondents mothers with regard to social adjustment in the dimension of social adjustment and overall social adjustment.
Table No:8 Z TEST BETWEEN THE TYPE OF FAMILY OF THE RESPONDENTS WITH REGARD TO VARIOUS DIMENSIONS OF SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT
S.N Type of family of the N Mean SD Statistical o Respondents Inferences 1 Emotional Z = 0.860 Adjustment 14 42.42 7.67 P > 0.05 Joint Family 86 43.24 5.80 Not Nuclear Family Significant
www.ijmer.in 16 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
2 Social Adjustment Z = 2.364 Joint Family 14 44.00 7.40 P< 0.05 Nuclear Family 86 44.13 5.49 Significant 3 Overall Social Z = 2.858 Adjustment 14 86.42 14.92 P< 0.05 Joint Family 86 87.38 10.48 Significant Nuclear Family
It is inferred from the above table that there is significant difference between joint family and nuclear family of the respondents with regard to social adjustment in the dimension of social adjustment(Z=2.364, P<0.05) and overall social adjustment(Z=2.858, P<0.05). Further the mean value reveals that the respondents who live in nuclear family have higher level of social adjustment in the dimensions of social adjustment and overall social adjustment. This may be due to reason that the children in the nuclear family are taught by the parents to adjust with neighbours and friends in the environment.
SOCIAL WORK INTERVENTION
Based on the findings as more than half (51%) of the respondents have low level of overall social adjustment, it is suggested that social work interventions like group work needs to be promoted among the adolescent students in order to enable them to develop their life skills like interpersonal relationship skill, communication skills and empathy. These life skills need to be nourished among the adolescent students through role plays, dramatization and group discussions in order to enable them to adjust and maintain cordial relationship with others in the society.
www.ijmer.in 17 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
References
1. Dutta et al. (1998). Social adjustment of adolescents from Assam agricultural university and Kendriya vidyalaya, Jorhat, Assam. Indian Psychological Reviews, 50, 2, 90-94.
2. Raju M.V.R. and Khaja Rahamtulla T. (2007). Adjustment Problem among School Students. Journal of the Indian Academy of Applied Psychology, 33, 1, 73-79.
3. Adeoye, Ayodele O. (2009). Impact of home types, religion and gender on adolescent social adjustment among Ogun State secondary schools students in Nigeria. The Nigerian Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 14, 1, 51-57.
www.ijmer.in 18 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI ALUE V :2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
THE INDIAN AUTOMOBILE INDUSTRY
Manpreet Kaur Assistant Professor in Economics Lyallpur Khalsa College Jalandhar Abstract
The automobile Industry in India is one of the fastest growing sectors meeting up with the domestic demands as well as global needs. It has been playing a significant role in Indian economy by contributing about 7.1 percent to country’s gross domestic product (GDP). It is still expanding to meet customer’s expectations. It has also become one of the international players in the automobile market. The present paper attempts to analyze the production, sales and exports trends of Indian automobile industry by focusing on their growth rates. For this, the data for the last six years (i.e. 2010-11 to 2015-16) has been taken into account.
Keywords:Indian Automobile industry, Production, Sales, exports, libralisation, globalization, gender.
The word ‘automobile’ is a combination of two words auto and mobile. It has come from a greek word autos meaning self and mobilis meaning moving. So automobile means anything that moves on its own. The automobile industry in India is one of the primary driver that lift the economic growth of the country. It accounts for 7.1 percent of the India’s gross domestic product (GDP) in 2014-15. The two wheelers segment is leading the Indian automobile market with 81 percent market share. The market share of the overall passenger vehicle (PV)
www.ijmer.in 19 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI ALUE V :2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
segment is at 13 percent. The automakers are investing enormously in different segments of this industry. India is also going ahead in automobile exports by fulfilling the aspirations of its customers.
This paper endeavors to anatomize the production trends,sales trends and exports trends of Indian automobile industry. Besides it, this paper also studies the employment trends of this industry with special reference to gender diversity. It also highlights automobile industry’s journey from pre LPG policy to post LPG (liberation, privatization and Globalisation) policy.
This paper has been divided into three sectors. Sector-I discusses history of automobile industry in India and also highlights the difference of this industry from pre LPG era to post LPG era. Section-II accentuate the employment trends and also highlights the gender diversity issue. Section-III states the present status of Indian automobile Industry by discussing the domestic sales, production trends and export trends. Growth rates for the last five years have been found out.(from 2010-11 to 2015-16).
Objective of this paper: To discuss the history of Indian automobile industry To highlight the employment trends of this industry with special reference to gender diversity. To discuss the present state of Indian automobile industry by examining the growth rates of various segments.
www.ijmer.in 20 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI ALUE V :2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Review of Literature:-
Shinde & Dubey (2011) attempt to study Indian Automobile Industry during the period 2005 to 2010. The research took into account past and current trends in an economy and more spedifically in an industry, to bring out an objective market analysis. According to their study, the industry is recording increasing growth rate in sales, but still there are loop holes in the automobiles industry and these needs to be considered by the automobile industry to overcome.
Gaddam (2013) studied the trend of automobile industry in terms of production and sales. The study showed that the production of passenger vehicles is more during the period 1995- 2008 with annual growth rate of 11.86 percent than the growth rate of other segment of vehicles. It also stated that Indian automobile industry continued to be plagued by issues such as multiplicity of local taxes, cascading impact of taxes and duties, high import duties on raw materials etc.
Methodology:-
This paper is based on secondary data collection from various reports , government websites. various journals and newspapers are also referred. Growth rates have been found out based on the data of last six years i.e. 2010-11 to 2015-16
www.ijmer.in 21 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI ALUE V :2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Section-I
Indian automobile industry faced many challenges to enter the market of its own before independence. It was the only market of imported vehicles upto 1930s. The first car ran on an Indian road in 1897. It was in the 1940s that automotive industry emerged in India.In 1942,Hindustan Motors was launched, premier in 1944 and Mahindra & Mahindra in 1945.
Pre-liberalisation era
The Government of India along with the private sector started efforts to create an automotive component manufacturing industry to supply to the automobile industry after independence in 1947. (wikipedia).The first tariff commission was appointed by the government of India in 1952 for the Indian automobile industry. The report submitted by the commission recommended that the Indian companies should be categorized depending on their infrastructure and license capacity. The move slowed down the growth of the automobile industry and private sector was also affected because of this license raj system. The growth decades started in the 1970s.There were many quantitative restrictions imposed on imports, a tariff structure was also there to restrict the market. Manufacturing was also licensed. At that times between 1970s and 1980s, cars were considered to be a luxury item. So the market was ruled by few manufacturers like Hindustan Motors, Premier Automobiles, Ashok Leyland, Mahindra & Mahindra, Telco which is now known as TATA Motors etc. Then in 1983 Maruti Udyog Ltd. Was started in collaboration with Suzuki, a Japanese firm. Other three car manufectureres namely, Hindustan
www.ijmer.in 22 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI ALUE V :2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Motors, Premier Automobiles Ltd. Standard Motor Production of India Ltd. also introduced new models in the market. (Krishnaveni and Vidya, 2015).
So pre liberalization period, (prior to LPG policy) was full of a restrictive licensing policy, entry barriers, lack of infrastructure, capital market restrictions etc.
Post liberalisation:
The economy of India undergone significant charges after the introduction of new model of economic reforms known as LPG (Liberalisation, Privatisation and Globalisation). Liberalisation means relaxing the government regulations. Globalization means unifying the various economies of the world and privatization means participation of private players. Dr. Manmohan Singh, the then Finance minister under the leadership of the then Prime Minister Narsimha Rao acquainted this policy. This policy did away the license raj leaving certain sectors which required licensing. Promoting FDI (Foreign Direct Investment). Deregulation of industries, tax reforms, foreign technology agreements etc. were some key features which helped Indian automobile industry to expand. In post liberalization majority ownership to foreign companies was allowed, global giants were allowed to set up manufacturing facilities in India (Suzuki, GM, Ford, Daewoo, Hyundai, Mitsubishi etc), capacity expansions were allowed freely,quality and customers services improved rapidly. (www.citeman.com).
So many multinational automakers such as Suzuki and Toyota(Japan),Hyundai(south Korea) etc. were allowed to invest
www.ijmer.in 23 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI ALUE V :2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
in the Indian market. Maruti Suzuki was the most successful new entrant. After 1991, many foreign firms started joint ventures with existing Indian companies. Many environmental and safety measures, advanced technology were introduced to meet competitive pressures. This decade also allowed the emergence of Hero Honda as a main player in two wheeler segment. In 2000, there were many policy changes like removal of quantitative restrictions and 100 percent FDI through automatic route were introduced. Vehicle tagged “Made in India” came in the domestic market. Exports were also given a boost. At present, this industry is one of the largest in the world with an annual production of 23.37 million vehicle in 2014-15.
Section-II
The Indian automobile industry has a great potential in terms of employment. There are wide range of jobs available in the automobile industry in 2016. With the number of vehicles available on the road today, the need and requirement for people who can fix these machines is fast increasing (shine.com). According to automative mission plan (2006-2016), large number of workers skilled and unskilled are required to sustain increased level of production. A large part of the employment would also be indirect, for sales, finance, insurance, and mechanics and other after sales personnel for both semi-skilled and unskilled workers in rural and semi-urban areas.
The attraction for small cars and two wheelers is also increasing because of increasing middle class and young population. The system has changed so much that today every person of a family owns a vehicle. so under huge pressure of
www.ijmer.in 24 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI ALUE V :2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
demand, companies will increase their sales, production and ultimately both kinds of employment direct and indirect related to this industry will increase. According to steffi Joseph, favoured with various benefits such as globally competitive auto- ancillary industry, production of steel at lower cost,inexpensive and high skill manpower, entrenched testing and R & D centres etc., the industry provide immense investment and employment opportunities. (Joseph, Shine.com)
The issue needed to be addressed is gender diversity in the automobile industry. Women today are highly educated having the qualities to be appointed on competitive posts. But automobile industry of India has not yet tapped the excellence and potential of women to excel in the fields dominated by men. According to ET intelligence group, the fairer sex comprises less then 2 percent of the workforce of marquee companies like Adani ports, Bajaj Auto, Grasim, Ultratech, and Hero Motocorp. Bajaj employs 67 women, or 0.7 percent of its 9000 plus workforce. Hero Motocorp has just 88 women, even though the company has 7000 plus employees (Somvanshi, ET Bureau, 2015)
Section-III
The automobile sector is generally categorized in four different parts mainly.
1. Passenger vehicles:- These include passenger cars, utility vehicles and multipurpose vehicles.
2. Commercial vehicles:- These are light and medium heavy vehicles.
3. Two wheelers:- These comprise of scooters, mopeds, motorcycles, and electric two wheelers.
www.ijmer.in 25 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI ALUE V :2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
4. Three wheelers:- These are passenger carriers and goods carriers.
The production, domestic sales and exports trends of all these categories of automobiles industry in India with their growth rates is as follows:-
Table – I
Automobile exports trends
Category 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
Passenger 4,44,326 5,08,783 5,59,414 5,96,142 6,21,341 6,53,889 Vehicles
Commerci al 74,043 92,258 80,027 77,050 86,939 1,01,689 Vehicles
Three 2,69,968 3,61,753 3,03,088 3,53,392 4,07,600 4,04,441 Wheelers
Two 15,31,61 19,75,11 19,56,37 20,84,00 24,57,46 24,81,19 wheelers 9 1 8 0 6 3
Grand 23,19,95 29,37,90 28,98,90 31,10,58 35,73,34 36,41,21 Total 6 5 7 4 6 2
Annual
Growth - 26.64 -1.33 7.30 14.88 1.899
Rate %
Source: society of Indian Automobile manufacturers(SIAM)
www.ijmer.in 26 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI ALUE V :2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Table-I shows the exports trends of Indian automobile industry from 2010-11 to 2015-16.The annual growth rate from 2010-11 to 2011-12 is considerable 26.64 percent.But in one year upto 2012-13 it turns to be negative 1.33 percent and then it started increasing to 7.3 percent and 14.88 percent in next two years respectively. In 2015-16 it again lowered down to 1.899 percent. So the annual growth rate shows that performance of Indian automobile industry’s exports is not stable. The fluctuations mainly owes to exports of commercial vehicles. The reasons may be traced to economic slow down in certain countries which affected slowly the demand for country’s exports. One of the reason can also be some giant companies in this sector targeted first at domestic demand and then at exports.
Table – II
Automobile Production Trends
Category 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
Passenge r 29,82,77 31,46,06 32,31,05 30,87,97 32,21,41 34,13,85 2 9 8 3 9 9 Vehicles
Commer cial 7,60,735 9,29,136 8,32,649 6,99,035 6,98,298 7,82,814 Vehicles
Three 7,99,553 8,79,289 8,39,748 8,30,108 9,49,019 9,33,950 Wheelers
Two 1,33,49, 1,54,27, 1,57,44, 1,68,83, 1,84,89, 1,88,29,
www.ijmer.in 27 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI ALUE V :2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
wheelers 349 532 156 049 311 786
Grand 1,78,92, 2,03,82, 2,06,47, 2,15,00, 2,33,58, 2,39,60, Total 409 026 611 165 047 409
Annual
Growth - 13.91 1.30 4.13 8.64 2.58
Rate %
Source: SIAM Society of Indian Automobile Manufacturers
Table II shows the automobile production trends in India in last six years. Annual growth rate shows that in the year 2011-12, production of automobiles grew by 13.91 percent but in the next year 2011-12 the increase in production is just 1.3 percent and that mainly owes to the low production of commercial vehicles and three wheelers .Production of two wheelers is persistently increasing and that can be due to growing middle class and working population who demand it more. Lower annual production growth rate from 2011-12 to 2012-13 can also be attributed to lower demand for country’s exports. Then it started increasing and once again lowered down to 2.58 percent in 2015-16.
www.ijmer.in 28 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI ALUE V :2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Table – III
Automobile Domestic Sales Trends
Categor 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 y
Passeng er 25,01,5 26,29,8 26,65,0 25,03,5 26,01,2 27,89,6 42 39 15 09 36 78 Vehicles
Comme rcial 6,84,90 8,09,49 7,93,21 6,32,85 6,14,94 6,85,70 5 9 1 1 8 4 Vehicles
Three 5,26,02 5,13,28 5,38,29 4,80,08 5,32,62 5,38,09 Wheeler 4 1 0 5 6 2 s
Two 1,17,68, 1,34,09, 1,37,97, 1,48,06, 1,59,75, 1,64,55, wheeler 910 150 185 778 561 911 s
Grand 1,54,81, 1,73,61, 1,77,93, 1,84,23, 1,97,24, 2,04,69, Total 381 769 701 223 371 385
Annual
Growth - 12.15 2.49 3.54 7.06 3.78
Rate %
Source: Society of Indian Automobile manufacturers (SIAM)
www.ijmer.in 29 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI ALUE V :2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Table-III shows from year 2010-11 to 2011-12, automobile domestic sales grew annually by 12.15 percent. The growth rate slowed down to 2.49 percent in 2012-13. Then increased to 7.06 percent in 2014-15 and again became low at 3.78 percent in 2015-16. This fluctuation mainly owes to falling sale of commercial vehicles. It starts increasing in 2015-16 again but yet not touched the old level.
Government Initiatives:-
Government of India has introduced Auto Mission Plan (AMP) 2016-26 which highlighted the expectation of passenger vehicles market to triple to 9.4 million units by 2026. Government has also planned to promote eco-friendly cars in the country i.e. CNG based vehicles, electric vehicles and also to make five percent blending of ethanol in petrol. Government has designed the auto mission plan to increase growth in this industry.
But according to Joe King, Head of Audi India the budget 2016 may negatively impact the automobile industry as government has imposed 1 percent infra cess on petrol, CNG, LPG cars, 2.5 percent on small diesel cars and 4 percent on bigger diesel cars and SUVs which would affect price and consequently demand.
Conclusion:-
In this era of globalization, countries are integrating making mobility far easier than before. The auto industry of India is also contributing towards facilitating the people and goods across the countries to reach their destinations.Indian automobile industry has been recoganized as a core sector
www.ijmer.in 30 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI ALUE V :2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
contributing more than 40 percent of India’s manufacturing as according to R.Raghuttama, managing director of IMaCS. Indian automobile industry is considered worldwide the most competitive industry promising to deliver quality production.The production trends, exports trends and domestic sales trends of this industry are apparently signifying the pace of growth of this industry desite the global turndown. The demand for cars, motorcycles and other vehicles is persistently increasing which is a good signal for this industry as well as the whole economy as the growing income is the main factor working behind. This industry is having good employment opportunities but the issue of gender diversity needs to be addressed as women participation in the total workforce of Indian automobile sector is very low. This industry is well developed and working according to the aspirations of customers but it has an enormous potential which is yet to be tapped.
References:
1. Shinde & Dube (2011), “Automobile Industry and Performance of Key Players”, Asian journal of technology & management research, vol-01 issue 2
2. Gupta & Singh (2012), “Impact of Financial Globalisation on Automobile Industry: An Indian Perspective”, IJRMET, vol.2, issue 2, pg 15-17
3. Gaddam (2013), “Production and sales trend of automobile industry in India”,Global journal of commerce & management perspective,vol.2(4); pg 24-33.
4. Shende(2014) “ Analysis of Research in Consumer Behaviour of Automobile Passenger car customer “ International Journal of scientific and research publications, vol 4, issue 2
www.ijmer.in 31 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI ALUE V :2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
5. Krishnaveni & Vidya (2015) “Growth of Indian automobile Industry” International Journal of current research and Academic review. Vol 3, number 2, p 110-118
6. Mamta Parhi: Indian automobile industry: innovation and growth
7. ET intelligence group: Kiran Kabtta Somvanshi, ET Bureau
8. Automobile industry in india 2016 – Trends, overview, analysis by Steffi Joseph, Shine.com
9. www.citeman.com
10. www.cardekho.com
11. www.wikipedia.com
12. www.mapsofindia.com
13. www.autocarpo.in
14. Automotive mission plan (2006-2016) ministry of Heavy industries & public Enterprises, Government of India
15. The Economic Times
16. SIAM: Society of Indian Automobile manufacturers
www.ijmer.in 32 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
A PEEP IN TO THE HISTORY OF MIGRATION AND ITS IMPACT ON TRIBES IN WAYANAD
Dr.Sajaneesh V.P Dept. of History Sree Sankaracharya University of Sanskrit Regional Centre Payyannur Kannur Kerala
Tribes in Kerala generally live in the hilly ranges, mainly in the Western Ghats, bordering Karnataka and Tamil Nadu. As a natural border, the Ghats has branches in Kerala as well as in Tamil Nadu and Karnataka. Greater part of the tribes of Kerala make their settlements in the dense forest. The tribes of Kerala differ from each other depending upon the region they reside. All the tribes of Kerala constitute rich, unique, varied and critical element of Indian tradition.
The highest concentration of the Scheduled Tribes in Kerala is seen in Wayanad district (37.36 %) followed by Idukki (14 %) and Palakkad (10.8 %). In Kerala, the adivasis constitute 1.1 percent to the total population. The adivasis in Kerala are not only geographically concentrated, but are overwhelmingly rural. Alienation of land is a serious problem faced by the scheduled tribes. There were a lot of causes for the eviction of the tribes from their homeland.
British started the clearance of the forest in Wayanad for industrial interest. They began plantation in Wayanad. This caused the eviction of tribes from their homeland. One of the major problems faced by the British was that, they did not get human resources for their plantations. As a result of it workers were brought from different parts of Kerala .Thus the people who migrated to Wayand for employment encroached the forest land as well as the tribal land. By 1940s Wayanad
www.ijmer.in 33 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
witnessed large-scale migration of peasantry from south Kerala, resulting in the changes in crop pattern, land use and economic activity. Settler peasantry was making valyal-nadu, the land once known for paddy fields a land known for its high input cash crops
The migration from Travancore to Malabar started in 1920s. During 1920-30 about 30 families from Travancore settled in Peravoor and Koliyad in Kannur district and Kuttiyadi in Kozhikode district. The influence of migration became strong during 1940-50. During the period1942-43 Mr. George Thomas who later became a Member of Parliament, bought a cashew estate in Cheemeni in Hosdurg Taluk. A number of small and large plantations were started during this period. Landless agricultural peasants also migrated to Malabar for getting job. Most of the bare lands in each Taluk of Malabar were occupied by the migrants.
When migration became a common occurrence, churches and social organizations to safe guard the physical and spiritual necessities of the migrants came up. In 19th Century the Basel Mission started these types of settlements for newly converted Christians. They changed the non- agricultural lands into agricultural lands and many of families settled down around it.
Nair Service Society (NSS) also followed these Christian migrants and established settlements for Nair community. In the hilly areas of Kannur, Kozhikode, Malappuram, Palakkad and Waynad, most of the people are migrated At some times migration took place in an organized order and in another way it was in an un-organized form. Christian Church especially Roman Catholic became the strong patron of this migration.
www.ijmer.in 34 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Half of the migrants returned to their home town. Later mass migration occurred here. Before 1952 no tile roofed houses had in this area but now all that situations changed. The land tenure in Kerala underwent a drastic change in the beginning of the twentieth century with the decline of the joint family system. When big joint families were separated, the family property became separate individual holdings.
“Another important change through migration is that local people got new job opportunities. In Malabar modern cultivation spread only through the migrations.”. The tribal inhabitants like Karimbalas etc, had agricultural job. At first they were afraid of newly arrived people but later made friendship with them. Migrates gave them better salary and good quality food than the prevailing rate. Migrates also taught them new techniques of agriculture. The availability of land in the hands of the land owners of Malabar having traditional property right attracted farmers to this area
Another result of migration was that Christian population Malabar was increased. Migration in Malabar was essentially a Syrian Christian phenomenon. The Syrian Christian formed an important segment of the population of Travancore majority of them are cultivates. More over them did not suffer from any social disabilities. The dowry system and the system of portioning of the paternal property and their love for cultivable land must have natural in stilly in the minds of Christian peasants for more lands. Besides they had already accrued expertise in the cultivation of landing country regions. The characteristics of the migration to Malabar can be seen in the increase in the population of the Syrian Catholic or Christians in Malabar. The Christian population in Malabar which stood at around 53000 out of the districts total of over 3 million in 1911 increased to around 154000 in 1951. The following tables indicates that the sharp increase of the Christian population of Malabar between 1901-51.
www.ijmer.in 35 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
The increased number of migrants made social changes in the society. When number of children of migratory increased numerous education institutions were started. Primary, upper primary, secondary Schools, Teacher training institutions and Colleges developed. By using govt. funds Christian missionaries’ educational institutions started. As a result of migration new Panchayath and trade centers were started in the remote villages. New towns emerged like Thaliparamba, Kanhangad, Nileshwar, Thalassery, Sulthan Bathery, Mananthavadi, Pulpally and Iritty. In 1980 Wayanad a new District was formed handling problems of migrators and solving it very easy
Factors like over population and increased pressure of land, inadequate of facilities for expansion and growth, scarcity of food and military operation or political oppressions and religious persecution serve to push out of one region, while opportunities for investment and favorable conditions for advancement help to “pull” them to certain other regions. The odour of the fertile land encouraged the society and they transformed hilly waste lands in to tillable lands. The brave and courageous migrators changed the hilly areas of Malabar in to rich agriculture areas. They built schools, colleges, bridges, roads etc and they changed the face of the rural areas. Migration or Kudiyettam a great episode in the history of Kerala. Migration occurred because of various reasons. People migrated from Travancore to Malabar not in a sudden day because of the pressure of so many factors people in the Central Travancore decided to migrate a distant place where land for agriculture was very large scale and they are willing to suffer any difficulty for this purpose.
Over population was one of the important factors behind migration. The population of Travancore grew and because of this the cultivatable land was divided among so many people, especially
www.ijmer.in 36 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Christian families in Central Travancore. The increase of Christian population was high in Travancore unlike other State. The population of Travancore region increased very high and that forced the people to migrate in to another region. Because of this they seek another place where plenty of cultivatable land and the price rate of the land was very low and they find out in Kerala itself and they made a mass migration into Malabar.“The outbreaks of World War II also led to migration. Acute shortage of food supply and the general economic distress in Travancore during world war period pushed the Travancoreans from their base. With the fall of Burma, a good source of food supply to India was depleted. During this period the information received from the pioneering migrants on the availability of plenty of land suitable for cultivation brought hope to a large number of starving peasants. Land dividing in holdings of cents and it was sold at high rate. The production and earnings from this land were not sufficient. The political developments of Travancore affected the Christian Community and it provided a further occasion to migration to Malabar. The Syrian Christian Community, which constituted the bulk of migrants to Malabar, participated actively in the political movements. In Travancore that developed in the wake of national upsurge in India. The State Congress, initiated a state wide movements against the administration of the then Diwan Sir C.P. Ramaswami Iyyar. The Christian community played a significant role in the movements spear headed by the State Congress and they had naturally to pay a heavy price for it. The repressive policies of the State Govt. against the Congress and Nivarthana movement prompted a number of Christian farmers to escape from the insecurity of native place to the Malabar regionEnglish East India Company strengthened the land monopoly in Malabar which was enjoyed by the Tharavadu and Sthanams. “Actually this policy caused for remaining so many lands without agriculture and that remained as plain lands. This policy was followed
www.ijmer.in 37 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
by Lord Cornwallis in Bengal and all the early British rulers followed this policy. Through this policy British rulers recognized the authority of land lord families and engaged tax fixation with them”. So through these tax fixation policy hills and forests are also became private properties. Tenancy system in Malabar not encouraged people in Malabar to invest money in land and farmers are exploited to and evicted from the land because of Marumakkathayam system and Tharavadu. So many families had acquired 1000 of non surveyed land including forests as Janmam right. Due to many reason this land lord could not practiced modern agriculture in these lands. They distributed lands through various types of tenancy of the farmers. In some areas of Travancore like Meenachil Todupuzha, Moovattupuzha the pressure of agriculture land was very high and population rate was increased and that resulted in migration to Malabar region
The commercialization of land become very effective in Travancore when Nair regulation act was executed and that put an end to the small tenancy and division of joint family properties and also allowed through this Nair regulation act. Because of this the very small farmers also got the permanent ownership right over their lands. That type of changes was very slow in Malabar. “Thus small Travancore farmers seeking migration to Malabar collected capital through selling their small agriculture lands. They used that collected capital for plain lands in Malabar. Migration was a process to change small scale farmers into middle and rich farmers. Landlords in Malabar welcomed the migration because they were paid well for the land that they sold to the migrants. Moreover Malabar Marumakkathayam act of 1933 made easy division of joint family properties and they are very quickly tried to sell the property and change it into the money. Migration increased the market rate of the land in Malabar.” Moreover people with criminal back ground were
www.ijmer.in 38 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
dishonored in their home villages and were compelled to leave their homes and seek asylum in Malabar.
Though in Malabar land had to be obtained on lease from the feudal Chiefs, land was available in abundance and at cheap prices and the land lords where inclined to welcome farmers from Travancore. Land prices in Malabar were very low as compared with the land price in Travancore. The price of an acre of land in Travancore was enough to buy almost 100 acres of land in Meenachil Taluk could fetch about Rs. 350 to Rs. 400 while in Malabar it had only 2% to 5% for per acre. Some big farmers like Poonjar Raja, P.J.Thomas, Kuruvinakunnel brothers and Kallivellill brothers who had acquired extensive areas of land in Malabar sold bits of it to small farmers from Travancore to the hill ranges of Malabar.
Migration was not an effortless and comfort experience to the migratory. They faced so many difficulties in the new settled areas. The climate conditions in the new area adversely affected them too much. Thousands among them died because of malaria. Nobody could survive in some of the newly migrated families. “Python, elephants, leopards etc. were a great threat against them. No transport and communication facility was available for them. They faced problems of food and shelter”. All of them lived in small huts and ate tapioca for their existence. So many persons and institutions helped them for minimizing their sufferings and made migration a mass programme.
Prof. Joseph Kandoth, a Prof. of St. Alotious College Mangalapuram made the proposal of migration to Malabar before Kottayam diocese helped the migrates very much. Through his proposal Churches of Kottayam invited the applications from farmers who liked to migrate to Malabar. Essential qualification of application for migration was that he must be a person who is suffering from
www.ijmer.in 39 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
economic difficulties and must pay Rs.100. Those who remitted Rs. 100 will get twelve acres of land in Malabar. First batch of migrators consisted of 72 families. Prof. Joseph bought 1800 acres of land near Kanhangad from King of Nileswar. First migrators reached Kochi from Kottayam through boat and from Kochi to Kanhangad by train In the beginning Govt. did not sanction any money for construction of roads and bridges area. Through their own work they built roads and bridges Vattiyamthode Bridge near Ulickal, Mattara Bridge, Pullooram Para Bridge etc. were built through this way. Dr Sebastian Valloppally gave active leadership for all these works. The modern history considered migrators as encroachers of forest and oppressors of Adivasis. This type of encroachment occurred only in some cases. But majority came to work hard in the waste land and made it into agricultural land. Because of the technical laws the Govt tried to evict them from their land. In place like Vadakke Kalam near Thalassery the migrators strongly opposed the Govt attempt to evict to them from their land. In short a migrant is a courageous man who made his own destiny through strong will power and migration made socio, economic and educational change in the society.
The migration of people from Travancore to Malabar began in the second half of 1830. But it was not a considerable one. Really it was an attempt to accommodate with the different physical environment. Lack of roads and transport facility, Malaria like epidemic, presence of wild animals were the big barriers to endure apart from privations of schools, hospitals, markets etc. But at the second flow was an exodus from Travancore to different regions of Malabar. This period flow was since the independent to the first half of 1950s.Most of the migrants from Travancore were financially poor or nominal farmers. They had an intense desire to survive and to improve by their hard work and labour. Their initial settlements
www.ijmer.in 40 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
predominantly were Iritty-Peravoor, Alakode, and Naduvil etc. Apart from Wayanad. In Wayanad they mainly concentrated at Pulpally, Panamaram, Kalpetta and Mananthavady, Ambalavayal, Sulthanbathery etc. Migration caused the eviction of tribes from their home land and thus the real land owners became the landless people.
References
1. Wayanad Initiative ,A Situational Study and Feasibility Report for the comprehensive Development of Adivasi Communities of Wayanad,2006
2. E.J.Thomas,Keralathinte Sanoohya Ghadanyum Roopantharavum(Mal.),Kottayam,1997
3. K.G.Shivaswamy,Food Famine and Nutritional Diseases in Travancore, Coimbatore,1945
4. John Joseph,Karshaka Kudiyettam in Malabr an Overview,Koothuparamba,1993
5. P.K.Michal Tharakan, Migrtaion from Travancore to Malabar 1930-1950, Calicut,1993
6. Prakash,P.K., Anyadheenappedunna Bhoomi, Adivasi Bhoomi prasnathinte Charitravum rashtreeyavum, ,Kozhikode, 2002
www.ijmer.in 41 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
SURVEY ON KEY AGGREGATE SEARCHABLE ENCRYPTION
Mr. Santosh Shamrao Darawade Prof. Ashvini Jadhav Computer Engineering Department Computer Engineering Department NMIET Talegaon Dabhade NMIET Talegaon Dabhade Pune , Maharashtra , India Pune, Maharashtra , India
Abstract:
Data sharing is important functionality in cloud storage .To address user concerns over potential data leaks in cloud storage a common approach is for the data owner to encrypt all the data before uploading them to the cloud, such that later the encrypted data may be retrieved and decrypted by those who have the decryption keys. A key challenge to designing such encryption schemes lies in the efficient management of encryption keys. This also implies the necessity of securely distributing to users a large number of keys for both encryption in search and user will have to securely store the received key and submit an equally large number of keywords trapdoors to the cloud in order to perform search over the shared data. The practical problem of privacy preserving data sharing system based on public cloud storage which requires a data owner to distribute a large number of keys to users to enable them to access his/her documents. By addressing this practical problem which is largely neglected in literature, we propose the novel concept of key aggregate searchable encryption (KASE) in which data owner only need to distribute a single key to user for sharing large number of documents and user only needs to submit a single trapdoor to the cloud for querying the shared a large number of documents.
Keywords : Searchable Encryption, Data Sharing, Cloud Storage, Data Privacy.
www.ijmer.in 42 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
I. INTRODUCTION
Cloud storage has emerged as a promising solution for providing ubiquitous, convenient, and on-demand accesses to large amounts of data shared over the Internet. Today, millions of users are sharing personal data, such as photos and videos, with their friends through social network applications based on cloud storage on a daily basis. Business users are also being attracted by cloud storage due to its numerous benefits, including lower cost, greater agility, and better resource utilization. However, while enjoying the convenience of sharing data via cloud storage, users are also increasingly concerned about inadvertent data leaks in the cloud. Such data leaks, caused by a malicious adversary or a misbehaving cloudoperator, can usually lead to serious breaches of personal privacy or business secrets. The recent high profile incident of celebrity photos being leaked in iCloud. To address users concerns over potential data leaks in cloud storage ,a common approach is for the data owner to encrypt tall the data before uploading them to the cloud, such that later the encrypted data may be retrieved and decrypted by those who have the decryption keys. Such a cloud storage is often called the cryptographic cloud storage. However, the encryption of data makes it challenging for users to search and then selectively retrieve only the data containing given keywords. A common solution is to employ a searchable encryption scheme in which the data owner is required to encrypt potential keywords and upload them to the cloud together with encrypted data, such that, for retrieving data matching a keyword, the user will send the corresponding keyword trapdoor to the cloud for performing search over the encrypted data. Although combining a searchable encryption scheme with cryptographic cloud storage can achieve the basic security requirements of a cloud storage, implementing such a system for large scale applications involving millions of users and billions of files may still be
www.ijmer.in 43 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
hindered by practical issues involving the efficient management of encryption keys.
Overcome practical problem of privacy preserving data sharing system based on public cloud which requires a data owner to distribute a large number of keys to users to enable them to access his/her whole data, so we are motivated to implement the concept of key- aggregate searchable encryption (KASE) system in which user can access group of data using single key, by which user can access only those data for which aggregation key is generated.
The proposed KASE scheme applies to any cloud storage that supports the searchable group data sharing functionality, which means any user may selectively share a group of selected files with a group of selected users, while allowing the latter to perform keyword search over the former. To support searchable group data sharing the main requirements for efficient key management are twofold. First, a data owner only needs to distribute a single aggregate key (instead of a group of keys) to a user for sharing any number of files. Second, the user only needs to submit a single aggregate trapdoor (instead of a group of trapdoors) to the cloud for performing keyword search over any number of shared files.
II. RELATED WORK
A. Multi-User Searchable Encryption
There is a rich literature on searchable encryption, including SSE schemes and PEKS schemes. In contrast to those existing work, in the context of cloud storage, keyword search under the multi-tenancy setting is a more common scenario. In such a scenario, the data owner would like to share a document with a group of authorized users, and
www.ijmer.in 44 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
each user who has the access right can provide a trapdoor to perform the keyword search over the shared document, namely, the multiuser searchable encryption (MUSE) scenario. Some recent work, focus to such a MUSE scenario, although they all adopt single-key combined with access control to achieve the goal. In MUSE schemes are constructed by sharing the documents searchable encryption key with all users who can access it, and broadcast encryption is used to achieve coarse-grained access control. In attribute based encryption (ABE) is applied to achieve fine-grained access control aware keyword search. As a result, in MUSE, the main problem is how to control which users can access which documents, whereas how to reduce the number of shared keys and trapdoors is not considered. Key aggregate searchable encryption can provide the solution for the latter, and it can make MUSE more efficient and practical.
B. Multi-Key Searchable Encryption
In the case of a multi-user application, considering that the number of trapdoors is proportional to the number of documents to search over (if the user provides to the server a keyword trapdoor under each key with which a matching document might be encrypted),MKSE allows a user to provide a single keyword trapdoor to the server, but still allows the server to search for that trapdoors keyword in documents encrypted with different keys. This might sound very similar to the goal of KASE, but these are in fact two completely different concepts. The goal of KASE is to delegate the keyword search right to any user by distributing the aggregate key to him/her in a group data sharing system, whereas the goal of MKSE is to ensure the cloud server can perform keyword search with one trapdoor over different documents owing to a user.
www.ijmer.in 45 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
Fig 1: Multi-Key Searchable Encryption
III. PROBLEM STATEMENT
Consider a scenario where two employees of a company would like to share some confidential business data using a public cloud storage service . For instance, Alice wants to upload a large collection of financial documents to the cloud storage, which are meant for the directors of different departments to review. Suppose those documents contain highly sensitive information that should only be accessed by authorized users, and Bob is one of the directors and is thus authorized to view documents related to his department. Due to concerns about potential data leakage in the cloud, Alice encrypts these documents with different keys, and generates keyword ciphertexts based on department names, before uploading to the cloud storage. Alice then uploads and shares those documents with the directors using the sharing functionality of the cloud storage. In order for Bob to view the documents related to his department, Alice must delegate to Bob the rights both for keyword search over those documents, and for decryption of documents related to Bob’s department.
www.ijmer.in 46 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
Fig 2: Traditional Approach For Data Sharing
Fig 3: Key-Aggregate Searchable Encryption
With a traditional approach, Alice must securely send all the searchable encryption keys to Bob. After receiving these keys, Bob must store them securely, and then he must generate all the keyword trapdoors using these keys in order to perform a keyword search. As shown in Fig.2, Alice is assumed to have a private document set and for each document doc, a searchable encryption key k is used. In this case
www.ijmer.in 47 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
Alice must send all the searchable encryption keys to Bob. Then, when Bob wants to retrieve documents containing a keyword w, he must generate keyword trapdoor Tri for each document doc with key k and submit all the trapdoors cloud server. When m is sufficiently large, the key distribution and storage as well as the trapdoor generation may become too expensive for Bob’s client-side device, which basically defies the purpose of using cloud storage. We propose the novel approach of key-aggregate searchable encryption (KASE) as a better solution, as depicted in Fig.3. In KASE, Alice only needs to distribute a single aggregate key. The cloud server can use this aggregate trapdoor and some public information to perform keyword search and return the result to Bob.
IV PROPSED SYSTEM WITH KASE FRAMEWORK
The KASE framework is composed of seven algorithms.
Specifically, to set up the scheme, the cloud server would generate public parameters of the system through the Setup algorithm, and these public parameters can be reused by different data owners to share their files. For each data owner, he/she should produce a public/master- secret key pair through the Keygen algorithm. Keywords of each document can be encrypted via the Encrypt algorithm with the unique search-able encryption key. Then, the data owner can use the master- secret key to generate an aggregate searchable encryption key for a group of selected documents via the Extract algorithm. The aggregate key can be distributed securely (e.g., via secure e-mails or secure devices) to authorized users who need to access those documents an authorized user can produce a keyword trapdoor via the Trapdoor algorithm using this aggregate key, and submit the trapdoor to the cloud. After receiving the trapdoor, to perform the keyword search over the specified set of documents, the cloud server will run the Adjust
www.ijmer.in 48 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
algorithm to generate the right trapdoor for each document, and then run the Test algorithm to test whether the document contains the keyword.
Setup(1, n): The cloud server will use this algorithm to initialize system parameters .
Keygen: Data owner uses this algorithm to generate his/her key pair.
Encrypt(pk, i):Data owner uses this algorithm to encrypt data and generate its keyword ciphertexts when uploading the i-th document. To generate the keyword ciphertexts, this algorithm takes as input the file index.
Extract(msk, S):Data owner uses this algorithm to generate an aggregate searchable encryption key. To delegate the keyword search right to a user, data owner will send aggregate key and the set S to the user.
Trapdoor(k, w):The user uses this algorithm to generate the trapdoor to perform keyword search. For all documents which are relevant to the aggregate key k, this algorithm generates the only one trapdoor Tr. Then, the user sends (Tr, S) to the cloud server.
Adjust(params, i, S, Tr):The cloud server uses this algorithm to produce the right trapdoor. For each document in the set S, this algorithm takes as input the system public parameters params, the document index and the aggregate trapdoor Tr, outputs the right trapdoor Tri. Then, the cloud server will use Test algorithm to finish the keyword search.
www.ijmer.in 49 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
Test(Tri, i):The cloud server uses this algorithm to perform keyword search over the i-th document.
Fig 4: Framework Of KASE
V GROUP DATA SHARING SYSTEM
When constructing a practical group data sharing system, it is important to reduce the number of keys belonging to a user. In this subsection, we will introduce how to build such a system based on the KASE and KAE schemes with the same public parameters. We consider a group data sharing system without using any private cloud, but instead based on widely available public cloud services, such as Dropbox or citrix. Based on such a consideration, we assume a group manager (e.g., the HR director of an organization) with an authorized account to act in the role of “manager” who will be responsible for management of the system including maintaining the public system parameters stored in the cloud.
www.ijmer.in 50 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
A. Table Definitions
We assume the cloud uses databases to manage the necessary information and four database (traditional or NOSQL databases) tables are thus defined as follows.
Table group(groupID, groupName, parameters)is to store the system parameters.
Table member(memberID, membeName, password, publicKey) is to store members information including their public key.
Table docs(docID, docName, OwnerID, EncKey, SEKey, filePath) is to store the uploaded document of an owner with identity ownerID.
Table sharedDocs(SID, memberID, OwnerID, docIDSet) is to store the documents of a member with identity memberID shared by the owner with her private key.
B. Work Flows
To further describe this system in details, we describe its main work flows.
System Setup:When an organization submits a request, the cloud will create a database containing above four tables, assign a groupID for this organization and insert a record into table company. Moreover, it assigns an administrator account for the manager. Then, the group data sharing system will work under the control of manager. To generate the system parameters params, manager runs the algorithm KASE.Setup and updates the field parameters in table company.
www.ijmer.in 51 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
User Registration:When adding a new member, the manager assigns memberID, membeName, password and a key pair generated by any public key encryption (PKE) scheme for him, then stores the necessary information into the table member. A users private key should be distributed through a secure channel.
User login:Like most popular data sharing products our system relies on password verification for authenticating users. To further improve the security, multi-factor authentication or digital signatures may be used when available.
Data Uploading:To upload a document, the owner runs KASE.Encrypt to encrypt the data and KASE.Encrypt to encrypt the keyword ciphertexts, then uploads them to the cloud. The cloud assigns a docID for this document and stores the encrypted data in the path filePath, then inserts a record into the table docs.
Data Sharing:To share a group of documents with a target member, the owner runs KASE. Extract and KASE. Extract to generate the aggregate keys, and distributes them to this member, then inserts/updates a record in table sharedDocs. If the shared documents for this member are changed, the owner must reextract the keys and update the field docIDSet in table sharedDocs.
Keyword Search : To retrieve the documents containing an expected keyword, a member runs KASE. Trapdoor to generate the keyword trapdoor fordocuments shared by each owner, then submits each trapdoor and the related owner’s identity OwnerID to the cloud. After receiving the request, for each
www.ijmer.in 52 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
trapdoor, the cloud will run KASE .Adjust the trapdoor for each document in the docIDSet and run KASE. Test to perform keyword search. Then, the cloud will return the encrypted documents which contains the expected keyword to the member.
Data Retrieving : After receiving the encrypted document, the member will run KASE. Decrypt to decrypt the document using the aggregate key distributed by the document’s owner.
VI CONCLUSION
Considering the practical problem of privacy preserving data sharing system based on public cloud storage which requires a data owner to distribute a large number of keys to users to enable them to access his/her documents, we for the first time propose the concept of key- aggregate searchable encryption (KASE) and construct a concrete KASE scheme. Both analysis and evaluation results confirm that our work can provide an effective solution to building practical data sharing system based on public cloud storage.
In a KASE scheme, the owner only needs to distribute a single key to a user when sharing lots of documents with the user, and the user only needs to submit a single trapdoor when he queries over all documents shared by the same owner. However, if a user wants to query over documents shared by multiple owners, he must generate multiple trapdoors to the cloud. How to reduce the number of trapdoors under multi-owners setting is a future work. Moreover, federated clouds have attracted a lot of attention nowadays, but our KASE cannot be applied in this case directly. It is also a future work to provide the solution for KASE in the case of federated clouds.
www.ijmer.in 53 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
VII. References
1. C. Chu, S. Chow,W. Tzeng, et al. “Key-Aggregate Cryptosystem for Scalable Data Sharing in Cloud Storage”, IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems, 2014, 25(2): 468-477.
2. S. Yu, C. Wang, K. Ren, and W. Lou, “Achieving Secure, nScalable, and Fine-Grained Data Access Control in Cloud Computing”, Proc. IEEE INFOCOM, pp. 534-542, 2010.
3. R. Lu, X. Lin, X. Liang, and X. Shen, “Secure Provenance: The Essential of Bread and Butter of Data Forensics in Cloud Computing”, Proc. ACM Symp. Information, Computer and Comm. Security, pp. 282-292, 2010.
4. X. Liu, Y. Zhang, B. Wang, and J. Yan. “Mona: secure multiowner data sharing for dynamic groups in the cloud”, IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems, 2013, 24(6): 1182-1191.
5. Younis A.Younis, Madjid Merabti and Kashif KifayatSecure Cloud Computing for Critical Infrastructure: A Survey,2013.
6. X. Song, D.Wagner, A. Perrig. “Practical techniques for searches on encrypted data”, IEEE Symposium on Security and Privacy, IEEE Press, pp. 44C55, 2000.
7. S. Kamara, C. Papamanthou, T. Roeder. “Dynamic searchable symmetric encryption”, Proceedings of the 2012 ACM conference on Computer and communications security (CCS), ACM, pp. 965- 976, 2012.
www.ijmer.in 54 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
8. D. Boneh, C. G, R. Ostrovsky, G. Persiano. “Public Key Encryption with Keyword Search”, EUROCRYPT 2004, pp. 506C522, 2004.
9. Y. Hwang, P. Lee. “Public Key Encryption with Conjunctive Keyword Search and Its Extension to a Multi-user System”, In: Pairing-Based Cryptography C Pairing 2007, LNCS, pp. 2-22, 2007.
10. J. Li, Q. Wang, C. Wang. “Fuzzy keyword search over encrypted data in cloud computing”, Proc. IEEE INFOCOM, pp. 1-5, 2010.
11. C. Bosch, R. Brinkma, P. Hartel. “Conjunctive wildcard search over encrypted data”, Secure Data Management. LNCS, pp. 114- 127, 2011.
www.ijmer.in 55 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
A CASE STUDY TO INCREASE SIGMA LEVEL IN A PRODUCTION LINE
Ramesh Kumar Mr. Sanjay Kumar Roll No.:-7275266 Assistant Professor Reg. No.:- 1079170989 Dept. of Mechanical Engineering Dept. of Mechanical Engineering M.R.K. Institute of Engineering & Technology M.R.K. Institute of Engineering & Saharanwas , Rewari Technology Saharanwas , Rewari
Abstract Human comfortness is most important now a day because of the improvement in life style, So comfort ability also required when driving the vehicle like car, bus truck and many mare vehicle Earlier days there were manual steering system were used but now a days Hydraulic Power Steering is use in place of manual steering because of easy to drive the the vehicle, no more effort required to turn the vehicle from right or left side and easily to avoid a human life from accidental cases. Because of Smooth turning of wheel with a less effort by the driver. But there are some problem are occurred in the Hydraulic Power Steering. Oil Leakage, Noise coming from the steering when turning the vehicle, and Sometime the steering is very hard to drive the vehicle or turn the vehicle and that time human/ drivers will meet the accidental cases. To correct these problem different case will be studied in the shop area of the company. In this thesis to decrease the cause of accident a case is considered. There are 3 or 4 main cause of this type of problem those are discuss earlier there will be main reason of yoke clearance between rack bar and Yoke Plug, air leak due to looseness of nut of feed tube and PV assembly housing, cut in oil seal or lack of pressing of oil seal and PV assembly problem. There is a study about cause of rejection of Power steering and how to Decrease the rejection of this part and increase productivity. In this Study Six Sigma is used to Increase the Productivity of the product and minimization or to decrease the rejection of material and provide the product to the customer at the required time and good quality product as they want. Introduction
www.ijmer.in 56 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Due to advancement of technology world is shrinking day by day. Globalization of economy is becoming a worldwide phenomenon. But survival and economic growth of any country will depends on increase of productivity. This is particularly very important in developing countries like India because of higher growth of population, burden of higher interest, rising in inflation, competition in domestic and international market, limited raw materials etc. These problems can be minimized by paying greater attention to managing and improve production to improve productivity. In this thesis work, a particular study has been selected where an attempt has been made to introduce the Six Sigma business strategy to small scale sector in India and remove the fallacy that it involves lots of statistics and immense implementation costs. It is in the form of a case study illustrating the real-life case where define-measure-analyze- improve-control (DMAIC) methodology of Six Sigma strategy has been introduced at a small scale industry, Steering manufacturing Unit to improve profit and control high rejection rate of Steering due to the noise in manufacturing line. 1.3 Six -Sigma: A Tool for Productivity Improvement 1.3.1 Six -Sigma: Concept There is no perfect way to describe Six Sigma. From various definitions available in the literature, it can be concluded that Six Sigma focused on three things: statistical measurement, management strategy and quality culture. It is the measurement of process performing through statistical measurement of quality level. Under the leadership of the top management it is a new management strategy that creates quality, total customer satisfaction innovation. It is also a culture of quality which includes both statistical and management strategy and provides the way to do things right at the first attempt and to work in smarter way by using data information. a) Statistical Definitions: In ‘statistical’ definitions, the focused more on the application of statistical techniques to reduce the variation in the process in reaching a performance level of 3.4 DPMO. These definitions approach Six Sigma as points of view of statistical, probabilistic and quantitative its prime objective to improve the business processes by minimizing the variations or defects during the production process. It is defined as 3.4 defects per million products.
www.ijmer.in 57 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
b) Management-Oriented Definitions Antony (2008b) defined Six Sigma is a well-established approach that seeks to identify and eliminate defects, mistakes or failures in business processes or systems by focusing on those process performance characteristics that are of critical importance to customers. Six -Sigma allows organizations to make customer-focused, data-driven decisions that ultimately yield a reduction in product defects, increased profits, employee morale and high quality products (Aazadnia and Fasanghari, 2008). So we can say Six Sigma as a philosophy and quality management system to reduce variation, drive out wastes and meet and exceed the expectations of customers by changing the culture of the organization. Caulcutt (2001) has quoted the definition that was given by Motorola: “Six Sigma is a business philosophy of driving behavior by making an organization’s values explicit in its compensation system and a business strategy of cutting costs and boosting customer satisfaction.” He has also quoted the definition that was given by Minitab: “Six Sigma is information driven methodology for reducing waste, increasing customer satisfaction and improving processes, with a focus on financially measurable results.” c) Both Statistics-Based and Management-Oriented Definitions The definitions which describe Six Sigma as a quality management system and philosophy, emphasizing the use of statistical and other problem-solving approaches, are grouped into this category. Gutierrez et al. (2009) have stated that, ‘Six Sigma is an organized and systematic method for strategic process improvement and new product and service development that relies on statistical methods and the scientific method to make dramatic reductions in customer’s defined defect rates’. Six Sigma join both statistical and non-statistical tools of quality improvement in a sequential manner within a powerful problem- solving framework (Define, Measure, Analyse, Improve, Control).Statistical tools for ensuring defect free manufacturing of products through continuous process improvement (Kaizen). It is customer-oriented, structured, systematic, proactive and quantitative approach for continuous process improvement in the business processes of an organization to ensure improvement in quality, low cost of production and fast delivery and drive out wastages from business processes using statistical tools and techniques.
www.ijmer.in 58 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
This is perhaps due to the fact that the researchers and practitioners mostly believe that Six Sigma is both a statistical approach to quality improvement and a management strategy and philosophy to infuse a quality vision and environment. Six-Sigma is a statistical base quality tool as it deals with the statistical problems.
Figure 1.2 – Variation of Parameter Figure 1.3 – Centering /Mean Value as a Parameter The nature of statistical problem is shown in figure 1.2 and figure 1.3. Figure 1.2 shows the problem with spread or variation. Most of the quality and management problems are due to the present of product variation. All defects and non-conformities would have washed if variation could have been removed. This type of problem is mainly related with product manufacturing industries. Figure 1.3 shows the problem with pointed the mean value. This type of problem is mainly associated with the process industry where consumption rate is very high and to reduce the consumption rate, statisticians have to develop methodology and tools for estimating, comparing, controlling and reducing up to mean value The numerical goal of Six Sigma is reducing defects less than 3.4 parts per million The parts per million defective with respect to various sigma are given in table 1.1 Table 1.1 – Sigma and Corresponding DPMO Sigma Percentage of DPMO Remark yield 6 99.9997% 3.4 World class 5 99.98% 233 Above Industry average 4 99.4% 6,210 Industry average 3 93.3% 66,807 Industry average
www.ijmer.in 59 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
2 69.1% 308,537 Below Industry average 1 30.9% 691,462 Not competitive
1.3.2 DMAIC: A Five Phase Six Sigma Methodology
Figure 1.4 – DMAIC Methodology 1.3.3 Six -Sigma: Relevance for Small Scale Industry In economy growth of any developing country like India depends upon the growth of small scale industries (SSI) cannot be ignored. SSI sector is strategically placed in the industrial population of the country and in the world economy as well. Due to increasing in demand of high quality products and highly capacity business processes by large industries has left no choice for the small and medium enterprises (SMEs) except to implementation of six sigma business strategy. To meet this new set of business requirements, organizations need to implement tools, which can enable them to remain in competitive market and grow in the increasing digital age (Burton 2004). Over the relatively short interval of time since Six Sigma was first founded and implemented at Motorola, it is apply principally within large manufacturing companies and the question therefore remains that is six sigma is possible to implement effectively elsewhere, especially in small and medium scale enterprises. Six-Sigma has been implemented successfully in many large organizations and there are very few documented evidences of implementing in smaller organizations. One of the major advantages of Six Sigma as an improvement drive is the ability to introduce a common metric of customer-oriented quality. As small companies are more active, it is much easier to buy-in management support and commitment as compare to large organizations. Moreover, small companies do not have the inactive to free up top talented people to in training followed by execution of Six Sigma projects as they are important to do day-to-day operations and problem solving within the company. Adding compensation to Six Sigma implementation is much easier in small companies as compared to a large company (Rowlands, 2003). The contribution of small scale
www.ijmer.in 60 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
industries (SSI) to the growth of Indian economy cannot be contravened. SSI sector is strategically placed in the industrial population of the country and in the world economy as a complete. Owing to growing importance of supply-chain management issues in the global market environment, large firms are heavily dependent on small to medium sized enterprises (SMEs) for the provision of high- quality products and services at low costs. The increasing demand for high-quality products and highly capacity business processes by large organizations has left no option for the SMEs except to implement of Six Sigma business strategy. To meet the new requirements, new set of business needs, organizations need to implement tools, which can sustain them to remain in competition and grow in the increasing digital age (Burton, 2004). For understanding the gravity of the problem a “Chain of Causation” showing the cycle of problems in the manufacturing industries can be used.
Customer’s Need Sustain in Quality, Price & Satisfaction Competitive Market & Delivery
Limited Variation Process Capability
Figure 1.5 – Steps of Causation
1.4 Need for Present Study: Indian industrial market is very competitive market. To sustain in such type of competitive environment, operational excellence is the key factor of success for SME’s. For globalized competition, many techniques, such as Quality Circles, TQM (Total Quality Management) and ISO Certifications etc. are being used but the SME sector needs a powerful strategy, which can produced multiple benefits in shorter time. Six-Sigma is rising as one of the most effective and efficient business plan in the large organisations over the globe. The different output achieved by using Six Sigma application over different productivity problems in an organization proves its importance for small industries as well. Six-sigma among the small industries is a most-awaited movement, which can give strength their bottom lines
www.ijmer.in 61 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
besides contributing to push up global economy. The actual need is to implement the powerful too known as Six Sigma and prepare a plan for its implementation and proceed to earn profit in real sense. So an attempt has been made to Study, implement and observe the impact of this powerful tool called Six Sigma in a small scale industry manufacturing of “Power Steering Assembly” used in the vehicles which helps the driver for hassle free operation to turn or control the vehicle. LITERATURE REVIEW Six Sigma as a quality management tool was first conceived in early 1980s in Motorola and since then it has been consistently making inroads into different areas. 2.3 Six Sigma: Concept Generation Six sigma was a concept that was originated by Motorola Inc. in the USA in about 1985. At the time, they were facing the threat of Japanese competition in the electronics industry and needed to make drastic improvement in their quality level. (Adams, 1998). Six sigma was a way for Motorola to express its goal of 3.4 DPMO where a defect opportunity is a process failure that is critical to the customer). Motorola originally developed 1987 and targeted as aggressive goal of 3.4 PPM defect. Six sigma is a business strategy that seeks to identify and eliminate cause of error by focusing on output that are critical to customer. Dharmendra Tyagi, V. K. Soni and V. K. Khare (2014) take an attempt to capture the issues for implementation of Six Sigma and improve understanding with the Six Sigma philosophy in small medium enterprises as well as to document issues such as barriers and critical success factors and also listed benefits for implementation of Six Sigma and to highlight important issues which affects the performance of an organization through a systematic literature review. Amit Sahay and Ekta S Mehta (2014) describes a practical approach that how to achieve six sigma. this paper deals with the procedure to achieve Six Sigma level by means of simple tools viz. Cause and effect diagram, DMAIC methodology. Raghunath A, Dr. Jayathirtha R V (2013) to explain the critical success factors for implementation of Six Sigma in small and medium scale auto component manufacturing industries. Rajeshkumar U. Sambhe (2012) focus on a case of provoked mid- sized auto ancillary unit consisting of 350- 400 employee and employed
www.ijmer.in 62 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Six Sigma (SS) methodologies to elevate towards the dream of SS quality level. The methodology is executed on one of product assembly for trimming down defects level which are critical to customers and its implementation has had a significant financial hit on the bottom-line of the enterprise. Pawan Jaglan, Parbhakar Kaushik , Dinesh Khanduja (2011) Six-sigma a road map for SMEs & contribution of small scale industries to the Indian economy cannot be ignored as this sector is strategically placed in the industrial population of the country and in the global economy as a whole. Prabhakar Kaushik and Dinesh Khanduja, Kapil Mittal, Pawan Jaglan (2008) apply Six Sigma methodology over the SMEs, the study could be a paradigm initiative towards high quality products and services at low cost for every SME. Application of Six Sigma project recommendation brought up the process sigma level to 5.46 from 1.40 by reduction in bush diameter variation in the process of bicycle chain bush manufacturing unit. Sarda (2007) has dealt with the linking of QFD and Six Sigma for a two wheeler automobile having 115cc four stroke engines. For defining and prioritizing the customer desires and translating them into engineering requirements, the author used the QFD methodology. In the final results, driven gear pinion noise was reduced by 13% using Six Sigma methodology and short term sigma level was increased from 3.134 to 3.944. Kulkarni (2006) has explained the implementation of Six Sigma in a company which manufactures circuit breaker assembly. The protection, stability and continuity of the system depend on the circuit breakers ability to switch line, load and exciting currents and to interrupt fault currents. In this regard, there were lots of complaints from the customers. After analyzing the customer complaints they found that gas leakage was one of the main factors. By the use of Pareto Analysis and Process Capability charts, he has confirmed the reduction in the gas leakage and then worked for substantial reduction in customer complaints. Rowe (2006) has used the Six Sigma methodology in a leading washing machine manufacturing company which was facing the problems of customer dissatisfaction. This problem was arising due to the premature in-service wear out failure of drum bearings in the front loading washing machines. By the application of the DFSS (Design for
www.ijmer.in 63 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Six Sigma) methodology, statistical specifications were derived for the CTQ (Critical to quality) factors and had been employed with a system transfer function. A large scale improvement in the customer problems was noticed as a result of the applied methodology. Bhargav and Ganesan (2006) have completed a project at a dedicated vendor plant of a leading shock absorber manufacturer in India, which was aimed at reducing the rejections of the electroplated front fork inner tubes by the application of Six Sigma methodology. After appropriate application of Six Sigma tools a reduction in the in- house supplier PPM had been achieved from 65017 to 35000. Some intangible benefits like improved customer satisfaction, reduction in excess inventory and reduction in failure cost were also achieved. Thomas and Barton (2006) have dealt with the application of Six Sigma in Orangebox Ltd, a SME based in Hengoed, South Wales - a world leader in the design and manufacture of office seating and furniture. The results of the experimental study enabled a change to be made to the parameter settings resulting in a 53 per cent increase in cycles to the onset of failure CTOF. The application of the Six Sigma approach to a critical to quality (CTQ) problem at Orangebox achieved savings around of £60,000 for an initial outlay of less than £5,000 in experimental and project costs. Das (2005) has applied the Six Sigma methodology in a spinning mill which was unable to control the delay in procurement of materials. During implementation of Six Sigma methodology various KPIVs (Key process input variables), CTQs (Critical to quality) and KPOVs (Key process output variables) were identified from the flow of activities. After that PFMEA (Potential failure mode and effect analysis) was done which after completion showed an improvement from 38% to 24% in DPMO (Defect per million opportunities) level and system performance improved from 62% to 76%. Parsad (2002) has discussed the Six Sigma initiatives taken by a bulb manufacturing company to reduce the shell cracking during the manufacturing of bulbs. The company started the initiative with training for champions and black belts. By using the DMAIC methodology, the whole process was operating at 4.5 Sigma levels, which was earlier at 3.2 Sigma level, resulting in significant improvement in the bottom line 3.1 Objectives of the Study Objectives of the study are as follows:
www.ijmer.in 64 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
To reduce the rejection in the production line during production or operation. To increase the productivity of the product . To provide the quality product to the customer . To justify the significant role of six sigma implementation in the small industry (with a specific case study of manufacturing unit) and remove the myth that six sigma use only in large industry . To provide a healthy discussion on six sigma methodology and see how it fit in with the quality and excellence initiative in small and medium unit. To fulfill the customer need and satisfaction. To analyze the intangible as well as tangible benefits of Six Sigma implementation over manufacturing industry. 3.3 Tool Used Bar Chart Bar chart is a pictorial representation of a data over a period or under different heads for a given period. Instantly, it gives the areas, which need immediate attention and presents the relative comparison of the data between different heads. Which helps to focus on the components of the problem that have the biggest impact. Table 3.1 Data for Finding X chart & R chart No. of Factor for X Factor R Chart Observations Chart Factor for X chart L,S.L U.S.L. n A2 D2 D4 2 1.88 0 3.27 3 1.02 0 2.57 4 0.73 0 2.58 5 0.58 0 2.11 6 0.48 0 2.00 7 0.48 0.08 1.92 8 0.37 0.14 1.86 9 0.34 0.18 1.82 10 0.31 0.22 1.78 11 0.29 0.22 1.74 12 0.27 0.28 1.72 13 0.25 0.31 1.69
www.ijmer.in 65 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
14 0.24 0.33 1.67 15 0.22 0.35 1.65 16 0.21 0.36 1.64 17 0.20 0.38 1.62 18 0.19 0.39 1.61 19 0.19 0.40 160 20 0.18 0.41 1.59
EXPERIEMENTAL SETUP & PROCEDURE 4.2 Problem Formulation Present study was carried out in a MNC; Sona Koyo Steering System Limited, Dharuhera Haryana. The power steering assembled and tested in HPS assembly on line . In this research work the product under study was Hydraulic Power Steering which is a part of vehicle, as shown in figure 4.1. It is control by hydraulic fluid & PV Assembly which regulates the hydraulic fluid. This fluid power provides an assisting power to the driver in turning the vehicle. Initially a high rate of rejections occurs in assembling and testing of HPS assembly due to various reasons like lack of crimping on PH & CT Pressing M/C , less or more pull out load, rust in Cylinder Tube etc. In this problem we have to find out the rejection and its cause and eliminate the cause of rejection. This research work is carried out to find out the cause of rejection so to find out the new level of six sigma and this help to increase the productivity index of the enterprise. The elimination of defects in the product increases its functionality, reliability, durability of the product and importantly customer’s satisfaction and zero customers’ return. The initial observation showed very high rate of rejections during manufacturing of HPS Assembly due to various reasons internal leakage in HPS assembly, noise, flow rate, Air leakage and various other rejections. The staff and management was willing to reduce the rejection rate and was cooperative in implementing the six sigma even in individual production line, so a single production line in a small scale industry was chosen for exhaustive study on implementing Six Sigma The entire study was focused on main component of HPS Assembly production and various machines and process to carried out production of HPS assembly. clients include reputated Indian companies like Maruti Suzuki, Mahindra and Mahindra and other many companies.
www.ijmer.in 66 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
4.5 Process Study The process of the Hydraulic Power Steering assembly line starts from collection of various parts from various lines in same units as well as various child parts from their supplier. It should be very important to any researcher or any research team to know about each and every information about the process, product and functional information of the part under study. Only in that case he or they will be able to find out the minor defects in the process and product and the cause of the defect. So in this study we found some defect that causing rejection of product in large scale. The Hydraulic Power Steering assembly is rejected due to various reasons listed in above table. Some defects can be controlled by minor adjustment and setting but some defects causes serious problem in the part. Initial observation shows that the major defects those causes serious and rework able rejections are: Uneven Flow in F/ R Direction side Hysteresis Burn of PV Assy. Low pull out load Missing of Oil Seal in HPS assembly Missing of Ball Bearing & Needle Bearing in HPS Assembly. 4.6 Defects and defect causing factor in HPS utilizing Six Sigma DMAIC Methodology The Parameters for the Power Steering assembly are given in WSQC sheet. Any variation in the parameters above or below from the limit causes rejections. The defects and error can be found out by follow of complete process activities and operation during the production. The initial observations had been showing very high rejection rate Power Steering Assembly due to variation in Parameters. So, there was a great need to reduce rejection rate of Power Steering Assembly and its sub-assemblies by reducing defects inherent in different processes. Six Sigma DMAIC methodologies were used to solve HPS Assy. rejection problem to achieve the quality Z-bench sigma level of 4.53 PPM from the present level of 3.75 PPM. The high rejection problem of HPS Assembly was studied in depth and all the five phases in Six Sigma methodology i.e. DMAIC (Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve and Control) have been successfully implemented to achieve the sigma quality level of 4.53 from 3.75, as
www.ijmer.in 67 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
explained below.
Fig. 4.4 - DMAIC Methodology in an Industry Line 4.6.1 Define In define phase, Process Map and High Level Process Map - a SIPOC (Supplier, Input, Process, Output, and Customer diagram was drawn. For HPS assembly sub part like Cylinder Tube, Pinion Valve Assy, Oil Seal, Yoke plug, Bearing, Feed Tube and bushes are considered as the supplier. For HPS Assy. the SIPOC diagram is drawn as shown in figure 4.5 & 4.6 These diagrams were used to document manufacturing sequence of variation in any sub part and identify the variation in Yoke Clearance. If we use defective parts, the final product will be a defective one. So there should be 100% inspection at the receiving end to ensure that the received part is good one without any defect. In HPS assembly the major cause of rejections is depends upon the Clearance Between Yoke Plug & Rack Bar on Assy. Line. 4.6.2 Measure In measure phase, a measurement system analysis (MSA) was conducted which included the Gauge R&R (Gauge repeatability and reproducibility) study is carried out. The purpose of Gauge R&R study is to ensure that the measurement system is statistically sound and produces good result. A frequent calibration practice should be carried out with the Master piece available. Gauge repeatability and reproducibility studies determine how much of the observed process variation is due to measurement system variation. In the existing system the performance and condition of the measurement system is calculated by calibration and measuring the master piece to check the system condition to produce actual results with repeatability and reproducibility.
www.ijmer.in 68 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Figure 4.5 – Process Map for HPS-Assembly
From the Result of Gauge R & R , repeatability and reproducibility came out to be 22.55 percent and 0.00 percent which put the percentage study variation at 22.55 percent which is less than 30
www.ijmer.in 69 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
percent, indicating that the Dial gauge was correct. One step ahead next task in our study was collected the rejection data and have to find out the cause of rejection. This is the important phase of the study. This phase gives the actual results regarding defects and reasons of causing defects. In this phase a long discussion with a very highly experienced person to able us to understand the minor and major defects and reasons of causing defects and its remedial measures to be taken in such a short time. The major defects were occurring at some work stations or machine. We only focused on these defects. The defects producing stations were; PTM Machine Seal Pressing Machine Air Leak Machine Washing Machine. Yoke Plug Clearance In below pages we discuss and described the work standard and quality control data and variation occurs and its reasons. 4.6.2.1 PTM Machine: Performance testing station is very critical and important work station in Hydraulic Power Steering assembly line. Various operations performed on this station are Balancing and Centering of Rack Bar in Pinion Housing Clearance Testing Between Yoke Plug & Rack Bar Performance testing ( Fluid Flow Rate, Hysteresis, Noise, Meshing of Rack & Pinion This is the main work station for the Hydraulic Power Steering assembly. Mainly 2/3 sub parts of this assembly are assembled before and then loaded it in to the PTM machine. The Machine balanced the flow of fluid first than tests its performance. If Product Became OK than the Clearance is Ok; this fixes the all parts relative to each other. Again its performance tested. If Satisfy the WSQC standards, become OK otherwise NG. In fact the parameters showed here are largely depends upon the quality of their sub parts. 4.6.2.3 Yoke Clearance Setting M/C The maximum rejection of power steering is due to the clearance between rack and pinion we study from the PTM reading or rejection Data if the clearance between the rack and pinion is less than the noise come from the steering when we turn the vehicle from right to left or
www.ijmer.in 70 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
from left to right. And if we given more clearance between rack and pinion the steering work as freely. So after the study all the data management decide if the clearance will be between 40 – 60 micron then the Proportional Testing M/C will give the Best Result in the way of noise and freely movement, But we measure the Six Sigma Industry Level yet too low and rejection are also lies 3 sigma and 4 sigma. The main defect occurs on the machine is the noise and the freely moving of pinion on the rack bar at the PTM machine and the graph is make by PTM machine is inaccurate and not get perfect sigma level so there will be a need to increase the sigma level to decrease the rejection,
4.11 Rejection Due to Yoke Plug Clearance
6.2.3 Analysis According to Kapur and Feng (2005), the analyze phase examine the data collected in order to generate a prioritized list of source of variation. The data collected from the production line is listed below in the table. Table 4.4 showing the total production of HPS Assembly in March, April. Total production is calculated as per DOKET Sheet. So in the calculation standard of six sigma, average production will be considered.
www.ijmer.in 71 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Table 4.4 Total Production of Hydraulic Power Steering Assembly Sr. Name of P.R Work T.P No. T.P T.P T.P Avg. No. Product Per ing per of Per March April T.P Hour Hour Shift Shift Day 24 23 s in a /Day Days Days Shift
1. Hydraulic 20 8 – 8 160 3 460 11040 10580 10810 Power – 7 Steering (Expected)
2. HPS 15 8-8-7 120 3 360 8640 8280 8460 Assembly. (Avg.)
The frequencies of various rejections producing defects in month of March and April on various work stations in HPS Assy. Production Line are given in table for 4.6 Table 4.5 Machine wise Rejection Data of Month March & April Sr. Name of Name of Name of March April Avg. No. Defects Product Machine Defects 1. Flow Diff. HPS PTM 15 13 14 in HPS Assembly Assembly 2. Noise HPS PTM 110 100 105 Assembly PTM 3. Hysteresis HPS PTM 20 22 21 M/C Assembly 4. Internal PV PTM 35 40 37.5 Leakage Assembly In Table Show the most of rejection due to the Noise From the above data collected the sigma level and percentage of yield can be calculated. The DPMO for production Line in two month can be easily calculated below: Sigma Level For HPS Assy.[67] Number of Defects In HPS Assy. Part due to noise = 105
www.ijmer.in 72 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Number of Defect Opportunities per Shift = 1 Total Opportunities = 8460 DPMO = Number of Defects x 1000000 No. of Opportunities/unit x No. of Units = 105 x 1000000 / 1 x 8460 = 12411
Corresponding Sigma Level is 3.74
DPMO = 12411
Complete Sigma Level of the Line Number of Defects in HPS line = 250 Number of Defect Opportunities per unit = .99 Total Opportunities = 8460 DPMO = 250 x 1000000 / 0.99 x 8460 =29551
DPMO = 29551 Corresponding Sigma Level is 3.39
4.6.3.1 Cause & Effect Diagram After analyzing the process and the product we are able to understand the causes of the defects produced by various machine.
Fig.4.13 - Cause & Effect Diagram 4.6.4 Improvement In improve phase, design of experiment conducted for optimum results. From T-test we find two main factors from all which affect the process are
www.ijmer.in 73 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
i. Yoke Plug Clearance ii. Job Holding Mechanism These experiments were conducted to optimize the value of the parameters yoke plug clearance and Air Leak Test mechanism. Table.4.6- Readings of significant factors at various levels Yoke Plug Clearance S. No Job Holding Mechanism (micron) 1 Old 40
2 Old 60
3 New 45
4 New 55 The main effect plot suggests that Yoke Plug clearance is a major factor and Job -holding mechanism is a minor factor.
Fig. 4.14 - Interaction plot for Yoke Plug Clearance Interactions plot shows that the lines are not parallel to each other so there are interactions present between the factors. The change in the response mean from the low to the high level of Yoke Plug Clearance depends on the level of Job -holding mechanism. 4.6.5 Control In control phase, draw the X bar-R control chart to check the variation in the process after improvement & it shows the process within range near the target. In this process took many samples from after improvement in the operation of yoke clearance setting. Skilled workers are provided on that machine and improve the product quality and to avoid from the rejection. After this change the data to adjust the yoke clearance takes the yoke Clearance between 44.20-54.34 micron
www.ijmer.in 74 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
after that the improvement in the work piece of power steering rejection is lack due to noise. Table No. 4.7 Shift Wise Data Collection to Control the process
Sr. Sample Shift X for 5 Sample R No. Size
1 5 A 50.5,50,47.5,45,58 49 7 2 5 C 46,48,49,50,52 49 6 3 5 A 45,50,48,49,53 49 8 4 5 C 53,48,49,45,50 49 8 5 5 A 54,55,53,45,49 51.2 9 6 5 C 50,53,47,55,45 50 8 7 5 A 53,50,51,49,45 49.6 8 8 5 C 45,47,48,50,53 48.6 8 9 5 A 45,49,47,51,55 49.4 10 10 5 C 45,48,49,51,53 49.2 8 11 5 A 46,48,51,55,53 50.6 9 12 5 B 48,50,55,45,49 49.4 10 13 5 C 55,48,47,45,53 49.6 10 14 5 A 53,55,54,45,46 50.6 10 15 5 B 54,55,49,4547 50 10 16 5 C 46,54,55,53,47 51 8 17 5 A 48,47,46,45,48 46.8 3 18 5 B 49,50,55,45,49 49.6 10 19 5 A 55,45,49,51,47 49.4 8 20 8 B 49,45,47,55,47 48.2 10
For X Bar Control Chart {table 3.1}
= Sum of All total shift Mean For X Control Chart = 49.46
USL = + A R 2
= 49.46+0.58 X 8.4 = 54.332 LSL = - - A R 2 =49.46 - 0.58X8.4 = 44.128
www.ijmer.in 75 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
So, there is mean for X control chart is 49.46. Upper specification limit is 54.332 and Lower specification limit 44.128. For R Bar Control Chart
R = Sum of all Range / Total No. of Range
Mean For R Control Chart = 8.4
USL = D4 R = 2.11 X 8.4 = 17.724
LSL = D3R = 0 X 8.4 = 0 So, there is mean for R control chart is 8.4. Upper specification limit is 17.724 and Lower specification limit 0
X Bar Chart R – Bar Chart USL USL
LSL
LSL
Fig.4.15 - X bar- R chart for Improved Yoke Clearance variation 4.7 Result Table 4.8 Total Production of Hydraulic Power Steering Assembly Sr. Name of P.R Wor T.P No. T.P T.P Avg. No. Product Per king per of Per MAY T.P Hour Hour Shift Shif Day 25 Days s in a t/Da Shift y
www.ijmer.in 76 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
1. Hydraulic 20 8 – 8 160 3 460 11500 11500 Power – 7 Steering (Expected ) 2. HPS 15 8-8-7 130 3 390 9750 9750 Assembly. (Avg.)
Improved result in form of process capability analysis graph is shown in figure 4.16. With the proper management of recourses & application of six-sigma in Six Sigma in Industry help to improve sigma level up to 4.53 and total rejection level reduced to 0.01 of production in PPM. Six-Sigma for SSI is a very important sector to grow over the last two to three years. Very few studies have been reported about the successful applications of Six Sigma in SSI. In the small companies is much easier to buy-in management support and commitment, as opposed to large organizations.. Moreover, small companies do not have the slack to free up top talented people to engage in training followed by execution of Six Sigma projects as they are crucial to the day-to-day operations and problem solving within the company. It’s an important field of research to grow our country economy. Sigma Level For HPS Assy. Due to Noise[67] Number of Defects In HPS Assy. Part due to Noise = 12 Number of Defect Opportunities per Shift = 1 Total Opportunities = 9750 DPMO = Number of Defects x 1000000 No. of Opportunities/unit x No. of Units = 12 x 1000000 = 1231 1x 9750
DPMO = 1231 Corresponding Sigma Level is 4.53 Complete Sigma Level of line Number of Defects In HPS line = 110 Number of Defect Opportunities per unit = 1 Total Opportunities = 9500 DPMO = 120 x 1000000 / 1 x 9750 = 12307
www.ijmer.in 77 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
DPMO = 12307 Corresponding Sigma Level is 3.72 It justify the successfully application of six-sigma in Laser machine manufacturing industry a small scale industry improve the sigma level from σ to 4.60σ and it help in the decreasing the rejection and cost saving of the product to make. 5.1 Conclusion In the present research work, an initiative has been taken to apply Six Sigma in a small organization manufacturing Yoke Clearance Setting M/c with a Hydraulic Power Steering. The results of the study show that Six Sigma is a versatile strategy to achieve productivity improvement and has a lot of potential for the small industries which are being continuously threatened by modern economic turbulence. In manufacturing industry, successful implementation of Six Sigma has been mostly limited to big companies. Literature review has also yielded little evidence of any such implementation in a small or medium scale industry. In the present study, an attempt has been made to apply Six Sigma on a small industry manufacturing Proportional Testing machine with power steering noise decrease. The results show that Six Sigma application has led to a remarkable cost saving as well as a reduction in the rejection rate of HPS on PTM machine. Major reasons identified for the high rejection rates were in Yoke Clearance. After the gauge R&R study, it was found that the rejection is not due to human and instrumentation factor. Initially the process capability analysis for Sigma level was 3.74. But after implementing Six Sigma, values for process capability Sigma level were found out to be 4.53. This case study clearly discards the myth that Six Sigma is the domain of only large companies. It can be concluded that Six Sigma is not merely a simple statistical quality tool for application in large corporate companies; in fact the present work has attempted to prove that it can be successfully applied as a process improvement tool in organizations of diverse kinds. 5.2 Future Scope Application of Six Sigma in Indian small scale industries is still in initial stage and during research review; `it was observed that the awareness level on the latest quality tools and statistical techniques is limited among managements of some large Indian organizations only.
www.ijmer.in 78 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
In this context, the following aspects need attention for future research:- Apart from manufacturing sector, process sector is highly cost intensive and energy intensive and includes industries like paper mills, sugar mills, fertilizer plants etc, where an attempt can be made to implement Six Sigma over various systems and sub systems to considerably improve the productivity of the whole system. Six-Sigma can also be implemented over other SME industries such as foundries, power looms, rolling mills etc. to improve the productivity level. Six Sigma implications can be studied and explored over different service organizations like healthcare, safety care, transportation, traffic management, schools, colleges, universities etc. REFERENCES 1. Aazadnia, M. and Fasanghari, M. (2008) ‘Improving the information technology service management with Six Sigma’, International journal of computer science and network security, Vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 144-150. 2. Abdelhamid, T.S. (2003) ‘Six Sigma in lean construction systems: opportunities and challenges’, Proceedings of the 11th annual conference for lean constructions, July 22-24, Blacksburg, Virginia, pp. 65-83. 3. Agarwal, R. and Bajaj, N. (2008) ‘Managing outsourcing process: applying Six Sigma’, Business process management, Vol. 14, No. 6, pp. 829-837. 4. Sahay, A and Mehta, E (2014) ‘A practical approach to achieve six sigma – illustration through case study’ international journal of current engineering & technology. Vol. 4, No. 4, pp. 2334-2337, 5. Andersson, R., Eriksson, H. and Torstensson, H. (2006) ‘Similarities and differences between TQM, Six Sigma and lean’, The TQM magazine, Vol. 18, No. 3, pp.282–296. 6. Antony, J. (2006) ‘Six Sigma for service processes’, Business process management journal’, Vol. 12, No. 2, pp.234–248. 7. Antony, J. (2007) ‘Is Six Sigma a management fad or fact?’, Assembly automation, Vol. 27, No. 1, pp. 17–19. 8. Antony, J. (2008) ‘Can Six Sigma be effectively implemented in SMEs?’, International journal of productivity and performance management, Vol. 57, No. 5, pp. 420-423. 9. Baetke, M., Hammer, L. and Zalesky, S. (2002) ‘Six Sigma’, IE361 Quality culture mini paper, September 30, Iowa State University. 10. Bagaitkar, R. (2002) ‘Making Six Sigma work-A case study of Tata honeywell ltd., Industry 2.0, September edition, pp. 30-35. 11. Banuelas, R. and Antony, J. (2003) ‘Going from Six Sigma to design for Six Sigma: an exploratory study using analytic hierarchy process’, The TQM journal, Vol. 15, No. 5, pp.334–344. 12. Bañuelas, R. and Antony, J. (2004) ‘Six Sigma or design for Six Sigma?’, The TQM magazine, Vol. 16, No. 4, pp.250–263. 13. Bendell, T., Penson, R. and Carr, S. (1995) ‘The quality gurus–their
www.ijmer.in 79 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
approaches described and considered’, Managing service quality, Vol. 5, No. 6, pp.44–48. 14. Bhargav, Y. and Ganesan, K. (2006) ‘Rejection control of electroplated front fork inner tubes using Six Sigma methodology’, Proceedings of the international conference on global manufacturing and innovation, July 27-29, Coimbatore, India. 15. Quality and reliability engineering international, Vol. 22, pp.335–367. 16. Burton, T. (2004), Six Sigma for small and medium sized businesses. 17. Caulcutt, R. (2001) ‘Why is Six Sigma so successful?’, Journal of applied statics, Vol. 28, No.3. pp. 301-306. 18. Chakrabarty, A., and Tan, K.C. (2007) ‘The current state of Six Sigma application in services’, Managing service quality, Vol. 17, No. 2, pp.191–208. 19. Chandra, W. and Goh, T.N. (2002) ‘Introducing Six Sigma: A framework for quality management’, 20. Darshak A. Desai (2006), Improving customer delivery commitments the Six Sigma way: case study of an Indian small scale industry, Int. J. Six Sigma and Competitive Advantage, Vol. 2, No. 1, pp.23–47. 21. Das, P. (2005) ‘Reduction in delay in procurement of material using Six Sigma philosophy’, Total quality management, Vol. 16, No. 5, pp. 645-656. 22. Dharmendra Tyagi, V. K. Soni and V. K. Khare (2014) ‘A Review On Issues For Implementation Of Six Sigma By Small And Medium Enterprises’ International Journal of Latest Trends in Engineering and Technology (IJLTET), Vol., 3, Issue 4, pp. 94-98. 23. Dedhia, N.S. (2005) ‘Six Sigma basics’, Total quality management, Vol. 16, No. 5, pp. 567-574. 24. Defeo, J.A (1999) ‘Six Sigma: Road map for survival’, HRFOCUS, Vol., 76, pp. 11. 25. Desai, D.A. (2006) ‘Critical success factors for Six Sigma deployment in Indian context’, Proceedings of international conference on global manufacturing and innovation, July 27-29, Coimbatore, India. 26. Edosomwan, J.A. (1987), A Technology-Orient Total Productivity Measurement Model in Sumanth, David J (Ed.) Productivity Management Frontiers-I,Elsevier,New York. 27. Fenske, R.W.(1965), An Analysis of the Meaning of Productivity, Productivity Measurement Review,No.42, Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development, Paris. 28. Haikonen, A., Savolainen, T. and Jarvinen, P. (2004) ‘Exploring Six Sigma a CI capability development: preliminary case study findings on management role’, Journal of manufacturing technology management, Vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 369-378. 29. Hammer, M. and Goding, J. (2001) ‘Putting Six Sigma in perspective’, Quality magazine, October edition, pp. 58-62, www.qualitymag.com. 30. Harry, M. and Schroeder, R. (2000) ‘Six Sigma: The breakthrough management strategy revolutionizing the world’s top corporations’, Double Day- a division of random house publication, First edition, February 2000. 31. Hekmatpanah, M., Sadroddin, M., Shahbaz, S., Mokhtari, F. (2008) ‘Six Sigma process and its impact on the organizational productivity’, Proceedings of world academy of science, engineering and technology, Vol. 33, September, pp. 375- 379. 32. Hensley, R.L. and Dobie, K. (2005) ‘Assessing readiness for Six Sigma in a
www.ijmer.in 80 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
service setting’, Managing service quality, Vol. 15, No. 1, pp.82–101. 33. Jiju Antony, (2008),Can Six Sigma be effectively implemented in SMEs, International Journal of Productivity and Performance Management, Vol. 57, Iss: 5 pp. 420 – 423. 34. Jiju Antony, Maneesh Kumar, Christian N. Madu, (2005), Six sigma in small- and medium-sized UK manufacturing enterprises: Some empirical observations, International Journal of Quality & Reliability Management, Vol. 22 Iss: 8 pp. 860 – 874. 35. Johnson, A. (2006) ‘Lessons learned from Six Sigma in R&D’, Research technology management, March/April edition, pp. 15-19. 36. Kapur, K.C. and Feng, Q., ‘Integrated Optimization Models and Strategies for the Improvement of the Six Sigma Process’ International Journal of Six Sigma and Competitive Advantage, 1(2), 2005, pp. 210-228. 37. Kendrick, John W.and Creamer Daniel (1965), Measuring Company Productvity, Handbook with Case studies, National Industrial Conference Board , New York. 38. Khanna, V.K., Vrat, P., Sahay, B.S. and Shankar, R. (2002) ‘Six Sigma in Indian automobile sector’, Productivity journal, Vol. 43, No.2, pp. 208-214. 39. Kim, H., Kim, J., Baek, Y. and Moon, I. (2008) ‘Teaching Six Sigma concepts in engineering college’, American society for engineering education, AC2008-1028. 40. Kulkarni, P.C. (2006) ‘Implementation of Six Sigma for improvement in product quality - a case study’, Proceedings of the international conference on global manufacturing and innovation, July 27-29, Coimbatore, India. 41. Kumar, P. (2002) ‘Six Sigma in manufacturing’, Productivity journal, Vol. 43, No. 2, pp. 197-201. 42. Little, B. (2003) ‘Six Sigma techniques improve the quality of e-learning’, Industrial and commercial training, Vol. 35, No. 3, pp.104–108. 43. Mali, Paul (1978), Improving Total Productivity:MBO Strategies for Business, Government and Not-for-Profit Organisations, John Wiley and sons,New York. 44. McCarty, T.D. and Fisher, S.A. (2007) ‘Six Sigma: it is not what you think’, Journal of corporate real estate, Vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 187-196. 45. Motwani, J., Kumar, A. and Antony, J. (2004) ‘A business process change framework for examining the implementation of Six Sigma: a case study of Dow chemicals’, The TQM magazine, Vol. 16, No. 4, pp.273–283. 46. Odendaal, C.E. and Claasen, S.J. (2002) ‘Six Sigma as a total quality management tool", South african journal of industrial engineering’, Vol. 13, Issue 1, pp. 25-33. 47. Pande, S.P., Neuman, P.R. and Cavanagh, R.R. (2002) ‘The Six Sigma way– team field book, McGraw hill, New York. 48. Pandey, A. (2007) ‘strategically focused training in Six Sigma way: a case study’, Journal of european industrial training, Vol. 31, No. 2, pp.145–162. 49. Patil, V.H., Kamalpur, S.M. and Dhore, M.L. (2006) ‘Six Sigma in education: To achieve overall excellence in the field of education’, Information technology: new generation, Third international conference, April 10-12, pp. 02-05. 50. Pawan Jaglan , Parbhakar Kaushik , Dinesh Khanduja (December, 2011)- Six Sigma: A Road Map For SMEs, International Journal of Advanced Engineering Technology, IJAET/Vol.II / Issue IV/October-December, 2011/461-464. 51. Pfeifer, T., Reissiger, W. and Canales, C. (2004) ‘Integrating Six Sigma with
www.ijmer.in 81 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
quality management systems’, The TQM magazine, Vol. 16, No. 4, pp.241–249. 52. Poole, A. (2000) ‘Six Sigma: communication’s perfect role’, Strategic communication management, February/ March edition, pp. 34-37. 53. Prabhakar Kaushik, Dinesh Khanduja, Kapil Mittal, Pawan Jaglan (2008)- Application of Six Sigma methodology in a small and medium-sized manufacturing enterprise- A case study, The TQM Journal Vol. 24, No. 1, 2012, pp. 4-16 54. Prabhushankar, G.V., Devadasan, S.R., Shalij, P.R., and Thirunavukkarasu, V. (2008) ‘The origin, history and definition of Six Sigma: a literature review’, International journal of Six Sigma and competitive advantage, Vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 133-150. 55. Prasad, J. (2002) ‘Six Sigma in bulb manufacturing’, Productivity journal, Vol. 43, No. 2, pp. 192-195. 56. Prem Vart and Sardana, G.D.(1984), Concept of Producticity: A Pleas for Peapraisal, Udyog Pragati,Vol.VIII,No.1 , Jan-March,pp.16-24. 57. Raghunath A, Dr. Jayathirtha R V, Critical Success Factors for Six Sigma implementation by SMEs, International Journal of Scientific & Engineering research, olume 4, Issue 2, February 2013, ISSN 2229-5518. 58. Rajeshkumar U. Sambhe (2012), Six Sigma practice for quality improvement – A case study of Indian auto ancillary unit, IOSR Journal of Mechanical and Civil Engineering (IOSR-JMCE) ISSN: 2278-1684 Volume 4, Issue 4 (Nov-Dec. 2012), PP 26-42. 59. Raju, R. (2000) ‘Reducing axle rejection using problem solving tools-A case study’, Industrial engineering journal, Vol.29, No.2, pp. 24-29. 60. Rasis, D., Gitlow, H.S. and Popovich, E. (2002) ‘Paper organizers international: a fictitious Six Sigma green belt case study, Quality engineering, Vol. 15, No. 1, pp. 127-145. 61. Rowe, P.G. (2006) ‘Setting statistical specifications for critical to quality characteristics’, International journal of Six Sigma and competitive advantage, Vol. 2, No.1, pp. 89-103. 62. Sokovic, M., Pavletic, D. and Krulcic, E. (2006) ‘Six Sigma process improvements in automotive parts production’, Journal of achievements in materials and manufacturing engineering, Vol. 19, Issue 1, pp. 96-102. 63. Studt and Tim (2002) ‘Implementing Six Sigma in R&D’, R&D magazine, August edition, pp. 21. 64. Sumanth, David J (1984), Productivity Engineering and Management, McGraw Hill Book Company, New York. 65. Vikas Kumar, Rajiv Khanduja (2013) ‘Application of Six-Sigma Methodology in SSI: A Case Study’ International journal of current engineering and technology, Vol.3, No.3, pp.971-976. 66. Sona Koyo Steering System Ltd., Dharuhera Hydraulic Power Steering 67. https://www.isixsigma.com/process-sigma-calculator/
www.ijmer.in 82 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
ESP (ENGLISH FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSE) –PEDAGOGY APPLIED IN TEACHING ENGLISH AS SECOND LANGUAGE IN INDIA – CHALLENGES IN ADOPTING IN CURRICULUM
V. Padmaja Udaya Purnima Assistant Professor Department of English Gayatri Vidya Parishad College for Degree and PG Courses
Abstract
English Language teaching as a second language in India in this twenty first century is characterized by frequent changes, innovations and by the development, sometimes competing language teaching ideologies. The notion of systematic set of teaching practices or pedagogies are based on a particular theory of languages and language teaching – is a powerful one and the quest for the better methods is a constant effort of teachers and applied linguists. The common characteristic feature of each and every method or approach is the belief of, that the particular teaching practice will support more efficiently and theoretical basis for teaching – in turn the learning as the result than the mere method. This paper attempts to focus on the English for specific purpose approach in teaching English as second language in India and its challenges in curriculum.
Objective:
To know the difference between approach and methods constituting pedagogy To know the importance of second language (English) in India To Study what ESP is?
www.ijmer.in 83 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
To identify the Challenges in teaching English in India in the curriculum Key words: ESP – English for Specific Purpose.
Introduction:
The larger member of learning community demands an effective teaching of English in India. It is a known fact that English is not only the language of the native speakers like U.K. and USA, but also very much welcomed as a means of communication in other parts of the world in general and specifically India. English in India is the result of continuous rapport with the language for more than two hundred of years of association with British. India was internationally or unintentionally had the impact of English in every field of work and every walk of life. All higher education texts for medicine, engineering, management and technology, etc are available only in English and made English to take a prominent place in India in the field of Education. It has become mandatory for the higher education aspirants to learn English compulsorily. India is a multi-vernacular nation, wherein needs a common language to bridge the gaps. These are the strong reasons for which and how English has entered India. The status of English varies from a universal language to second languages. In India it has become an inseparable language especially in the field of Education.
What is pedagogy?
The word pedagogy is related to both the streams of science and art. Dictionary meaning of pedagogy is “the art or profession of teaching”. The word meaning according to the Cambridge Advanced Learner’s Dictionary is “the study of methods and activities of teaching”. Further pedagogy can be divided into methods or
www.ijmer.in 84 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
approaches. To defined an approach or method is a theoretical construct and syllabus design is the particular aspect of the curriculum. In the words of Edward M. Anthony in his article, Approach and Method and Technique (1963), defined the terms as follows – “I view approach – any approach – as a set of correlative assumptions, dealing with the nature of language and the nature of language teaching and learning. Method is an overall plan for orderly presentation of language material, no part of which contradicts, and all of which is based upon, the selected approach. An approach axiomatic, a method is procedural. A technique is implementation that which actually takes place in a class room. It is particular trick, stratagem, or contrivance used to accomplish an immediate objective. Techniques must be consistent with a method and therefore in harmony with an approach as well (Anthony 1963: 5-7).
Any how the differentiation of a method from an approach is not the criteria, but effectiveness a particular method or an approach is the key point in the process of teaching – learning a foreign / second language, which fits curriculum. To move ahead, curriculum in the general sense is defined as ‘an educational program which includes the deliverance of content, teaching procedures and learning experience which will achieve the purpose. Sometimes is a means of assessing whether the educational ends have been achieved or not. Curriculum design would mean considering not only all aspects of the educational programme, but also all the subjects which would be apt for school programme, allocation of time to each area of study and the materials to the included curriculum – should focus on the development of goals, content, the implementation and evaluation of whole system of education.
www.ijmer.in 85 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Under the umbrella of pedagogy there are myriad approaches and methods available for teaching a second language. The list follows as
1) Grammar – Translation method 2) Direct method 3) The reading method 4) The Audio – Lingual method 5) The structural – oral – situational approach 6) Communicative approach 7) English for specific purpose 8) Humanistic approach 9) The silent way 10) Communicative language learning (CLL) 11) Suggesto pedia 12) Total physical response 13) Natural approach 14) Co-operative language learning approach 15) Task – based language teaching approach. 16) Content – based instruction approach Application of ESP approach in teaching Second Language:
ESP emerged out of the necessity to learn a language for utilitarian purpose. The fundamental rule of the ESP approach is that learners for when English is neither the language of social communication, nor the mother tongue, but who requires a language for extensive use at work place, need not learn the entire body of the language. At that juncture it is viable to separate those aspects of language that will be of immediate use at work.
Selection and restriction based on the needs and purposes of the learners are the centre of importance of the ESP approach. Selection includes of only those items of vocabulary, grammar and functions of language required for the learner’s purposes. Restriction involves only those skills which are required for the learner’s purposes.
www.ijmer.in 86 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
The process of selection and restriction makes relevant whatever is learned. It encourages and motivates the learners of the language, because of the limited of chunk of total concept. Motivation in learning language can be intrinsic or instrumental this is directly related to the target level. A detailed description of the target level defines needs of the learner. The functions those well have to perform at the work and the kind of language to be used determines one’s needs. One’s needs should be clearly defined. The design of an ESP curriculum includes – the role of English in the community, the learner’s needs for its use, the learner’s purpose for learning the language.
Anyhow, ESP is not for the beginners but built upon a “common core” of the language, that has already been acquired by the learner who is aware of one’s needs. ESP can be equated to, a remedial course, but the focus is from general to specific, regarding the purpose for which the learner requires the language. Understanding the needs of the learner is the basis for the ESP approach. In the elaboration of Munby’s “the communicative syllabus design is based on the contention that, when the purpose for which the target language is required can be identified, the syllabus specification is directly derivable from the prior identification of the communicative needs of that particular participant. (Munby 1978 : 218).
The recent trends in English language teaching in general, have instigated more flexibility and innovation in the courses or curriculum. The most eligible direction has been the concept of communicative competence, the generative ability to communicate basing on the demands of the situation is equally important. The focus is on the use than usage. ESP is concerned with communicative language teaching (CLT). Communicative language teaching entails learner’s using
www.ijmer.in 87 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
language rather than knowing the intricacies of language. ESP involves the use of authentic, reliable materials and a study of learner’s needs.
Challenges in implementing ESP approach in the curriculum in India.
Challenges may be small or big, will always reflect the process of teaching and learning, experience. If there is no problem or challenge in the way of our teaching then it reflects that teachers are unidirectional without listening to the learner’s problems. The general observation with regard to the implementation of ESP approach has confronted the following challenges in teaching English as second language in India.
1) Large classrooms (Students, teacher ratio)
2) Giving feed back to students
3) Availability of prescribed text books and
4) Students apathy – no text books to class, no interest, indiscipline etc.
Large class rooms: It is a well known fact that India is highly populated country. In every class room there will be good number of students. The teacher may go to the extent of teaching 50 – 60 students in the class room. It is hard for the teacher to speak with a louder voice in larger class rooms. Oral work is difficult to handle. Frequent tests and corrections of the papers becomes a hectic task for the teacher.
Giving Feedback: Accurate feedback may not attain while teaching – learning process through ESP approach, because of more numbers of students in the class. To grab the attention, to maintain the level of discipline in large class rooms may affect the feedback.
www.ijmer.in 88 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Availability of text books: ESP approach always focuses on the needs of the targeted students. This approach any how based on selection and restriction of concepts useful for the learner’s at work situation. The emphasis is on the use of language. Therefore it is necessary for the teacher to check prior the availability of prescribed text books for the students the non – availability of the text books may cause hindrance in the implementation of ESP approach in curriculum in India.
Apathy of students – no text books to class, no interest, indiscipline…etc.
The most hazardous quality which obstructs the real experience of teaching – learning process is the Apathy of students. How much hard work is vested in teaching by the teacher, if the learner is not interested towards the class, the end result will be in vain. Apathy of the students, lack of interest, no text book to class are the challenges for the teacher to employ ESP approach.
Conclusion:
Thus, a method or an approach of teaching pedagogy should always enable to deal with the heterogeneity present in Indian class rooms. An ordinary teacher should be capable enough to handle a method, specifically ESP approach successfully. A method or an approach that depends on the plane of high expertise may bind to fail, for the people who finally handle this is none other than a class room teacher with various abilities, in different situations. The success or failure of ESP approach is mainly due to the fact that there should be a sustained effort to train teachers. ESP approach, on the other hand, like communicative approach demands a lot more from teachers. ESP
www.ijmer.in 89 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
approach though reasonable, achievable and desirable should successfully translate the class room pedagogy across India.
Bibliography
1. Allen, J.P.B. (1980), A Three Level Curriculum Model for Second Language (Modern Language Centre, Ontario Institute for Studies in Education, Mimeo).
2. Long M.H., and J. Crookes (1986), ‘Intervention points in second language classroom processes’, Working Papers 5/2 English as a Second Languages, Dept. of English, University of Hawaii.
3. Munby, John (1978), Communicative Syllabus Design (Cambridge, Cambridge University Press).
4. Methods of Teaching English, Aspects of ELT the English and Foreign Languages University Hyderabad, India.
5. S. Kudchedkar, (2002), ‘Readings in English Language Teaching in India’ (Orient Longman Private Limited, India
www.ijmer.in 90 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
NEED FOR GOOD HRD CLIMATE
Dr. G.V.R. Murthy General Manager (Technical) Dredging Corporation of India Ltd Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh, India
Abstract
Globalization dominates the competitive horizon and for any organization to survive and excel HRD climate is of crucial importance. The HRD climate is an enduring quality of the organization which is experienced by its members. It plays a very vital role in ensuring the competency, motivation and development of its employees as the HRD climate is both a means to an end as well as an end in itself. An organization to be developed, its employees should recognize that there is a conducive climate for their development. HRD climate is a major contributor for the employee’s role satisfaction and it influences the motivational needs for better performance. When a stimulating HRD climate is prevalent in an organisation it enhances its growth and leads to the overall performance in any demanding environment. HRD climate enables the employees to acquire new traits, execute their present or future likely roles. Thus HRD climate cannot be seen or touched, but it continuously influences members of the organization and affects everything that occurs in an organization.
Keywords: Globalization, HRD climate, motivation and development, role satisfaction, organization.
www.ijmer.in 91 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
The term climate is used to designate the quality of the internal environment which conditions in turn the quality of cooperation, the development of the individual, the extent of member’s dedication or commitment to organizational purpose, and the efficiency with which that purpose becomes translated into results. Climate is the atmosphere in which individuals help, judge, reward, constrain and find out about each other. It influences the morale and the attitudes of the individual toward his work and his environment.
Just as it is possible to determine the climate of a place through parameters developed by modern sciences, it is possible to determine the climate of an organization through parameters developed by behavioural scientists. The conventional connotation with which the term ‘climate’ has been used in literature is ‘Organizational Climate’. The concept of climate with specific reference to HRD context, i.e. HRD climate, has been introduced by Rao and Abraham.
Climate is an overall feeling that is conveyed by the physical layout, the way employees interact and the way members of the organization conduct themselves with outsiders. Organizational climate is a set of characteristics of an organization which are referred in the descriptions employees make of the policies, practices and conditions which exist in the working environment.
Climate perceptions are psychologically meaningful, that people can agree to characterize a system's practices and procedures. By its practices and procedures a system may create climates. People perceive climates because the perceptions function as frames of reference for the attainment of some congruity between behavior and the system's practices and procedures. However, if the climate is one which rewards and supports individual differences, people in the same system will not behave similarly. Further, because satisfaction is a personal evaluation
www.ijmer.in 92 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
of a system's practices and procedures, people in the system tend to agree less on their satisfaction than on their description of the system's climate (Noorjahen, 2007).i
Perception about an organization's goals and about decisions that a manager should take to achieve these goals come not only from formal control systems but also through informal organization. It is a belief that organizations have climate, both the formal and informal structure combine to create what is called organizational climate.
Human resource means employees in the organization, who work to increase the profit for the organization. Development, it is acquisition of capabilities that are needed to do the present job or the future expected job. After analyzing Human Resource and Development we can simply state that HRD is the process of helping people to acquire competencies. By its very nature, ‘climate’ cannot be described concretely.
Baumgartel, (1971)ii viewed organizational climate as a product of leadership practices, communication practices, enduring and systematic characteristics of the working relationships among persons and division of any particular organization. Payne and Monsfield, (1973) iii viewed HRD climate as a conceptual linkage between organizations and individual that intervenes between specific situation attributes or events and individual perceptions, attitudes and behaviour.
In recent years there has been an increasing recognition of the importance of human resource and as a result a new concept of dealing with the human resource known as the Human Resource Development is fast growing everywhere. This concept emphasizes the need for every organization to continuously develop its employee's competencies in a
www.ijmer.in 93 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
planned way and it brings into sharp focus the importance of roles, which employees occupy in organizations. Human Resources take active role in the modern economic scenario of any country.
The abundant physical resources alone cannot benefit the growth of the country without human resource component, which transforms physical resources into productive resources. All organizational theoreticians and the researchers unanimously agree that a congenial climate is extremely important for the ultimate achievement of the business goals. Climate is a commonly experienced phenomenon and often referred to as ‘atmosphere,’ ‘environment,’ etc. Each has its own traditions, methods of action and culture, which in their totality comprise the climate for the people. HRD climate is an integral part of ‘Organization climate’ and it is a very important factor to be considered while studying and analyzing organizations because it has a profound influence on the outlook, well being and attitudes of which are referred in the descriptions employees make of the policies, practices and conditions which exist in the working environment.
A congenial HRD climate is essential for sharpening competencies as well as for motivating employees to perform exceptionally. HRD climate helps the employees to acquire required competencies that would enable them to execute their present or future expected roles and aids in developing their capabilities for better organizational performance.
Another survey was carried out by Rao, T. V., to judge HRD climate in Indian organizations. The survey revealed that the general climate was not very conducive to HRD due to general indifference of employees to their own development. The top management in most organizations were not making sufficient efforts to improve the quality of work life.
www.ijmer.in 94 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
It is only when an effective climate is nurtured in an organization, the fruitful results can be obtained. It is also necessary that the top management and the line managers below have to be involved in the HRD policies and procedures, if the HRD should make its impact and percolate to all the levels of the managerial hierarchy.
There is intense competition among organizations to develop competitive edge or advantage through human resource strategies. The human resources need to be well equipped with all the skills, competencies, abilities, innovative aspects and learning attitudes to keep it ready to meet the challenges and accomplish the organization objectives.
Rao, (2009)iv carried out a study on HRD climate in the thermal Power Station of Vijayawada in Andhra Pradesh and stated that HRD is a process which helps to develop and identify the keen potential of human force. He further suggested that the management in an organization should be generous and should also support their work force emotionally so that it will help the employees to work better and enable them to exhibit their knowledge and skills in a cohesive manner. Srimannarayana, (2009)v studied HRD Climate in 18 organizations, in manufacturing sector in India and found the prevailing HRD climate of moderate level.
In order to promote a real HRD climate in any organization, it is imperative to have the prevalence of general supportive climate not only by dint of the support and commitment of the top management, line management but immensely good supportive personnel policies and positive attitudes are equally important towards such development.
The general climate therefore, is a combination of a support from all the concerned from the management people working in
www.ijmer.in 95 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
different levels, good supportive personnel policies and practices as well as the positive attitudes towards the development of the people in the organization. Shneider and Reichers, (1983)vi
The strengths of the HRD climate emerges from the organization’s belief that the human factor is a critical factor and need commitment to development, team spirit, helpfulness and providing training on skills and knowledge. Each of the organizations have taken their own route and formulated its own orientation on building systems and processes. In a traditional organization the focus on organizational climate itself was viewed as something over and above what needs to be offered to an employee.
It can be observed that the level of HRD climate depends on the faith the top management has on its HRD activities. The support it provides for the implementation increases the level of developmental climate in the organization. So the challenge before HRD managers is to justify their activities to the top management and strive hard to get their support in terms of allocation of funds, recognition and encouragement for their initiatives, etc. The next important influencer of HRD climate being employee development and training, utmost care and importance should be given by the HRD managers while designing and implementing the various training and development programs in the organizations.
The HRD climate can be characterised by tendencies such as treating employees as the most important resources, perceiving that developing employees is the job of every manager, believing in the capability of employees, communicating openly, encouraging risk taking and experimentation, making efforts to help employees recognize their strengths and weaknesses, creating a general climate of trust, collaboration and autonomy, supportive personnel policies, and
www.ijmer.in 96 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
supportive HRD practices. The top management subscribing to these values is a starting point. When a critical mass internalizes these values, there emerges a conducive climate for HRD. This positive HRD climate makes existing systems more effective and makes the organisations more receptive to the introduction of the relevant additional system (Atherya, 1988).vii A healthy HRD climate certainly bolsters the overall internal environment of the organisation and fosters employee commitment, involvement and satisfaction with the job (Mishra et al, 1999).viii
Every business organizations are attaching great importance to human resource as the biggest source of competitive advantage. The effective performance of this human resource depends on the type of HRD climate that prevails in the organization, if it is good than the employee’s performance will be high but if it is average or poor then the performance will be low. Since HRD climate perceptions play an important role in determining the managerial and organizational effectiveness, organizations cannot afford to ignore this important aspect. It is therefore important for the management to work towards improving the HRD climate of their organization.
If HRD climate would be utilized in the sense it is meant and rightly perceived and implemented, would certainly yield very good results in the area of human resource, which will give the employees the sense of belongingness and imbibe in them the feeling, “they care for us so we should care for them” which is the ultimate crux and philosophy of HRD climate.
www.ijmer.in 97 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
References
1. Noorjehan, N.G. and Nayak, S.V. (2007). Human Resource Development and Teacher. 2. Baumgartel, H. J., (1971). How personality and organizational climate variables moderate the effectiveness of management development programmes: A review and some recent research findings. Management and Labour Studies, 9(1), 1-16. 3. Payne, R.L. and Mansfield, R. (1973). Relationships of Perceptions of Organizational Climate to Organizational’.
4. Rao, Nageshwara, B.C. (2009). Study on HRD Climate in Vijayawada Thermal Power Station, Ibrahimpatnam, A.P. Gitam Journal of Management, Vol.7, No.1, pp.248-255.
5. Srimannarayana M. (2009) “Human Resource Development Climate in Manufacturing Sector” Management & Change, Volume 13, Number 1 pp-132-141. 6. Schneider, B & Reichers, A.E. (1983). On the Etiology of Climates. Personnel Psychology. 36. P. 19-39. 7. Atherya, M.B., "Integrated HRD System-Intervention Strategies," in Rao, T.V., Verma, K.K., Khandelwal., Anil and Abraham.E., (Ed.), Alternative Approaches and Strategies of Human Resource Development, Rawat, Jaipur, pp. 378, 1998. 8. Mishra, M. et al., "Job Satisfaction as a Correlate of HRD Climate (An Empirical Study)," 9. Indian Journal of Training and Development, Vol. XXIX, No.2, pp. 5,1999.
www.ijmer.in 98 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
PERFORMANCE OF MUDRA LOANS IN INDIA
Dr. Ch. Nageswara Rao Prof. D. Lalithaa Rani Guest Faculty Professor School of Economics Dept. of Commerce and Management Studies Andhra University Andhra University Visakhapatnam Visakhapatnam Mr. P.Veearabhadra Swamy Research Scholar Department of Commerce and Management Studies Andhra University Visakhapatnam Abstract
India is expected to emerge as one of the leading economies in the world over the next decade in the light of a positive political and economic scenario. MSME can be the backbone for the existing and future high growth businesses with both domestic and foreign companies investing in the ‘Make in India’ initiative and make significant impact in the area of indigenization. MSMEs not only play crucial role in providing large employment opportunities at comparatively lower capital cost than large industries but also help in industrialization of rural & backward areas, thereby, reducing regional imbalances, assuring more equitable distribution of national income and wealth. In this scenario, to assist the entrepreneurs, Micro and Small enterprises financially, MUDRA Loan Scheme has been proposed to bridge this gap. MUDRA Loan Scheme will aim to increase the confidence of the aspiring young person to become first generation entrepreneurs as also of existing micro, small businesses to expand their activities. The underlying assumption of this study is that an efficient finance by MUDRA may satisfy both the interests of the institutions and their clients. MUDRA in striving for efficiency need to maximize outputs and minimize inputs and in the meantime enhance
www.ijmer.in 99 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
growth and sustainability. Therefore, this study offers a comprehensive analysis of the need, disbursement and performance of the MUDRA Loans in India.
Keywords: MUDRA Loans, Disbursement, Performance, MSME, India
1. Introduction
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME) sector has emerged as a highly vibrant and dynamic sector of the Indian economy over the last five decades. MSMEs not only play crucial role in providing large employment opportunities at comparatively lower capital cost than large industries but also help in industrialization of rural & backward areas, thereby, reducing regional imbalances, assuring more equitable distribution of national income and wealth. MSMEs are complementary to large industries as ancillary units and this sector contributes enormously to the socio-economic development of the country. The MSME sector has the potential to spread industrial growth across the country and can be a major partner in the process of inclusive growth1.
India is expected to emerge as one of the leading economies in the world over the next decade in the light of a positive political and economic scenario. The Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises (MSME) segment is expected to play a significant role in the emergence of the Indian economy. The development of this segment is extremely critical to meet the national imperatives of financial inclusion and generation of significant levels of employment across urban, rurban and rural areas across the country. Further, it can nurture and support
1 http://msme.gov.in/WriteReadData/ebook/MSME_at_a_GLANCE_2016_Final.pdf
www.ijmer.in 100 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
development of new age entrepreneurs who have the potential to create globally competitive businesses from India.
MSME can be the backbone for the existing and future high growth businesses with both domestic and foreign companies investing in the ‘Make in India’ initiative and make significant impact in the area of indigenization. ‘Make in India with zero defect and zero effect’, is a significant opportunity. The new wave MSME should enable the development of a business eco system that enables and continuously support business that are gearing to deliver the right product, the right quality, the right solution and the right service at a competitive price, both in domestic and international markets. The ‘Digital India’ revolution also provides a great opportunity to promote MSME participation in the Information, Communication and Telecommunication (ICT) sector, in line with the government vision.
It is equally important that the MSME segment develops in all areas of agriculture, manufacturing and services sectors because each of these sectors will continue to be very relevant to the overall GDP growth as well as employment generation. The MSME sector will act as a catalyst to bring about this socio-economic transformation.
India’s GDP is expected to touch 8.5 per cent, with the country likely to be a USD 5 trillion economy by 20252. The MSME segment has the potential to emerge as a backbone for this economy and act as an engine for growth, given the right set of support and enabling framework. The MSME opportunity is to develop entrepreneurship and support growth led by innovation over the next decade by:
2 Department of Economic Affairs, Ministry of Finance – India the Incredible Investment Destination, Fact Book – June 2012.
www.ijmer.in 101 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Significantly increasing the share of MSME contribution to GDP from the current 8 per cent to 15 per cent by 20203 ;
Generate employment levels to the extent of 50% of the overall employment, more than doubling the current MSME workforce of 106 million across agricultural, manufacturing and services sectors4 ; and
Increasing the share of MSME contribution across key public and private industry sectors fulfilling increasing domestic demand, growth in exports, indigenization and import substitution.
1.1 Indian MSME Sector– the New Wave
Growth of the new wave MSME led by entrepreneurship focused on innovation and technologies, creating opportunities for women entrepreneurs and developing skilled resources across the following opportunity areas.
“Come Make in India”: Promote an ecosystem for ‘Make in India’ for foreign companies to invest in manufacturing, service and agricultural and agri processing related segments for meeting the domestic as well as global demand.
Digital India: Promote MSMEs’ manufacturing and service capabilities in the ICT sector in line with the government vision.
3 CII - Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises Issues & Recommendations May 2014 4 CRISIL Report – Skilling India, Planning Commission (2012) – Creating a Vibrant Entrepreneurial Ecosystem in India – Sunil Mitra
www.ijmer.in 102 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Export Contribution: Promote Export contribution by supporting and developing MSME segment to be globally competitive and adopt research and development, innovation and global technologies. Provide MSME with global market access by entering into bilateral trade agreements and set off arrangements.
Public Procurement Policy: Promote an ecosystem for supplies to defence and public sector enterprises so as to achieve at least 25 per cent portion of total procurement by defence and public sector enterprises from MSME.
Procurement by large Indian and foreign corporate across industry sectors from MSMEs: Promote an ecosystem, provide incentives for investments and support efforts by large corporate in vendor development for MSME segment particularly adapting to research and development, innovation and global technologies.
Indigenization: Incentivise any investments and outputs by large players and their MSME vendors to indigenize and/or enable import substitution particularly adapting to research and development, innovation and global technologies.
Traditional and heritage industries: Incentivise and support any stakeholder that invests in development, growth and opening global markets for India’s traditional and heritage industries for goods, services and agricultural and natural medicines and therapy related products and services.
Infrastructure: National, regional and sector specific clusters and business centers for MSME in PPP model for state of the
www.ijmer.in 103 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
art infrastructure comprising physical infra, knowledge infra, e- platforms, B2B access and technology and innovation support for MSME.
Regulatory One “all India all-purpose” enactment as MSME regulation to be adopted by all stakeholders in MSME system with one window and one annual return compliance filing coupled with significant direct tax incentives and indirect tax exemptions.
Funding: Open environment and incentives for investments by HNWI and funds into MSME business as well incentivize debt funding in MSME segment. Develop MSME equity exchange and “two chance” approach for entrepreneurs, and fast close winding up where necessary.
Performance incentives: Direct incentives in form for direct taxes rebates and set offs, weighted deductions and reliefs in indirect taxes combined with low cost funding and credit access for stakeholders in MSME eco system who make investments in desired areas and achievement of desired growth results in developing MSME funding and infrastructure skills, technology, innovation, global market access, indigenization, public procurement and vendor development, traditional and heritage industry developments.
Skill India: Rewarding MSME for initiatives towards skill development and employment generation, particularly for women and special classes, by way of direct incentives, weighted deductions and reliefs in indirect taxes combined with low cost funding and credit access for stakeholders.
www.ijmer.in 104 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
1.2 Share of MSME in the Indian Economy
The Indian MSME sector is the backbone of the national economic structure and has unremittingly acted as the bulwark for the Indian economy, providing it resilience to ward off global economic shocks and adversities. With around 51.1 million units across various industries throughout the geographical expanse of the country, MSMEs contribute around 7% of the manufacturing GDP and 31% of the GDP from service activities as well as 37% of India's manufacturing output. They have been able to provide employment to around 120 million persons and contribute around 46% of the overall exports from India, more than 50 percent (approximately) of Indian industrial output. The sector has consistently maintained a growth rate of over 10%. About 55.3% of the MSMEs are based out of rural areas, which indicate the deployment of significant rural workforce in the MSME sector and is an exhibit to the importance of these enterprises in promoting sustainable and inclusive development as well as generating large scale employment, especially in the rural areas5.
Exhibit 1: Definitions of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises
In accordance with the provisions of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises Development (MSMED) Act, 2006, the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME) are classified into two Classes:
5 http://www.cii.in/Sectors.aspx?enc=prvePUj2bdMtgTmvPwvisYH+5EnGjyGXO9hLEC vTuNuXK6QP3tp4gPGuPr/xpT2f
www.ijmer.in 105 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
(a) Manufacturing Enterprises: The enterprises engaged in the manufacture or production of goods pertaining to any industry specified in the first schedule to the industries (Development and regulation) Act, 1951). The Manufacturing Enterprise are defined in terms of investment in Plant & Machinery.
(b) Service Enterprises: The enterprises engaged in providing or rendering of services defined in terms of investment and are in equipment.
The limit for investment in plant and machinery / equipment for manufacturing / service enterprises, as notified, vide S.O. 1642(E) dtd.29-09-2006 are as under:
Manufacturing Sector
Enterprises Investment in Plant & Machinery Micro Enterprises Does not exceed twenty five lakh rupees. Small Enterprises More than twenty five lakh rupees but does not exceed five crore rupees. Medium More than five crore rupees but does not exceed Enterprises ten crore rupees.
Service Sector
Enterprises Investment in Equipments Micro Enterprises Does not exceed ten lakh rupees. Small Enterprises More than ten lakh rupees but does not exceed two crore rupees. Medium More than two crore rupees but does not exceed Enterprises five core rupees.
Source: http://msme.gov.in
www.ijmer.in 106 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
While most of the sector is un-organised (approximately 94 per cent)6 , informal and un-registered, initiatives to have more enterprises registered are well underway. The contribution of the MSME sector to India’s GDP currently stands at 7.9 per cent for 2015-16 6 , and is growing at a rate higher than the projected GDP growth rate. The contribution of MSME segment to the GDP in some of the global economies is in the 25-60 per cent range. MSME in India has the potential to increase the share of contribution to GDP from the current 7.9 per cent to about 15 per cent by the year 20207.
2. Background of the Study – Need for MUDRA Loans
Finance is one of important things required for running a business successfully in a timely manner so that the enterprise accomplishes its goals and targets. The biggest bottleneck to the growth of entrepreneurship in the Non – Corporate Small Business Sector (NCSBS) is lack of financial support to this sector. Majority of this sector does not have access to formal sources of finance. Owing to the complexity involved in raising funds from various sources available in the market, small and tiny business concerns are unable to get the needed financial support. Micro and Small enterprises are typically excluded from the mainstream banking system.
As per NSSO survey (2013), there are around 5.77 crore small/micro units in the country, engaging around 12 crore people, mostly individual proprietorship / Own Account Enterprises. Over 60 percent of units are owned by persons belonging to Scheduled Caste, Scheduled Tribe or Other Backward Classes. Most of these units are outside the formal banking system, and hence are forced to borrow
6 http://www.tradingeconomics.com/india/gdp-growth-annual 7 https://www.kpmg.com/IN/en/IssuesAndInsights/ArticlesPublications/Documents/The% 20new%20wave%20Indian%20MSME_Low%20Res.pdf
www.ijmer.in 107 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
from informal sources or use their limited owned funds. One more important point is that big corporate groups provide jobs to only 1.25 crore people, while small entrepreneurs employ 12 crore people and face problems in getting financial assistance from banks and other formal sources especially in India. As per the words of Sri Naredra Modi, Prime Minister, India “This situation stifled growth and limited the performance of Micro and Small enterprises, more specifically the entrepreneurs”.
The Hon’ble Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh has identified development of MSMEs as a catalyst for job creation and poverty mitigation and GoAP has accorded top priority to their development. In parallel, there is significant thrust on encouraging startups and setting up incubation centres to provide a conducive eco-system for MSME. The MSME sector in AP manufactures a variety of products. There is a high concentration of micro and small units in the food sector, mineral and building materials sector, drugs and pharmaceuticals, fabricated materials, trading and service sector. The Andhra Pradesh MSME Policy 2015-20 is aimed at “establishing state-of-the-art infrastructure, advancing inclusivity, fostering innovation and creating employment opportunities across different skill sets”.
In this scenario, to assist the entrepreneurs, Micro and Small enterprises financially, MUDRA Loan Scheme has been proposed to bridge this gap. MUDRA Loan Scheme will aim to increase the confidence of the aspiring young person to become first generation entrepreneurs as also of existing micro, small businesses to expand their activities. In developing countries, like India, PMMY emerged with unique opportunity to Micro and Small enterprises that do not have access to commercial Banks. PMMY is relatively new to India and came to appear in 2015 with the government’s licensing and supervision of microfinance institution proclamation designed to
www.ijmer.in 108 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
encourage MFIs to extend credit to both the rural and urban poor of the country. The underlying assumption of this study is that an efficient finance by MUDRA may satisfy both the interests of the institutions and their clients. MUDRA in striving for efficiency need to maximize outputs and minimize inputs and in the meantime enhance growth and sustainability. Therefore, this study offers a comprehensive analysis of the need, disbursement and performance of the MUDRA Loans in India. The study objectives and methodology were derived after intensive consideration of review of literature in the different connected areas.
3. Review of Literature
Shiralashetti (2012) 8 stressed that absence of adequate and timely supply of bank finance, limited capital and knowledge, lack of power, low quality inputs, low return, non availability of suitable technology, low production capacity; ineffective marketing strategies are the main problems of MSMEs in India. Dr. Padmasani, S. Karthika (2013), this paper has examined and suggested that banks can support the industry by providing the credit facilities at low interest rate and Government and Institutions relating to Small and Medium Scale industries should take effective measures to improve the export performance of MSMEs in order to develop economy. Nishanth P, Dr. Zakkariya K.A. (May 2014) reviewed that “there exists problem in accessing finance from banks and financial institutions and also viewed that this problem may differ from region to region between sectors, or between individual enterprises within a sector. Various barriers faced by these units in raising finance and also tried to identify various sources of finance other than banks. The study was restricted to
8 Shiralashetti, A. S. (2012), Prospects and Problems of MSMEs in India. International Journal of Multidisciplinary and AccademicResearch , 1 (2).
www.ijmer.in 109 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Kozhikode district in Kerala9. Thangavel.N., and Hariharan.V. (2015)10 argued that lack of adequate and timely access to finance has been the biggest challenge for MSME sector. Financial institutions have limited their exposure to the sector due to a higher risk perception and limited access of MSMEs to immovable collateral and reveals that there is a substantial amount of gap in the overall finance for the MSME sector.
4. Objectives of the Study
1. To examine the main focus, importance, processing of MUDRA Loans in India.
2. To analyze the need, disbursement and performance of MUDRA Loans in India.
5. Methodology of the Study
In order to achieve the said objectives of the research study, the researcher is completely based on analysis of secondary data.
5.1 Sources of data
Data were collected from secondary sources.
5.1.1 Secondary Sources
Reports of Government of India, Banks Reports (which are offering MUDRA Loans) RBI, and SLBC- Andhra Pradesh, NABARD,
9 Nishanth P, Dr. Zakkariya K.A; “Barriers faced by Micro, Small & Medium enterprises in raising finance”, Abhinav National Monthly Referred Journal of Research in Commerce and Management; Vol.3, Issue 5 (May 2014), ISSN – 2277-1166; pp: 39-46. 10 Thangavel.N., and Hariharan.V. (2015). “Financing MSME Sector - Gaps and Challenges”, IJER, Serials Publications 12(2), 2015: 303-310 ISSN: 0972-9380, pp. 303-310.
www.ijmer.in 110 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
MUDRA website etc. would also be referred to know about the performance of MUDRA loans and their outreach.
6. Scope of the Study
The study attempts to fill the gap in empirical studies in general and India in particular regarding need, disbursement and performance of MUDRA initiative. This study is geographically limited to India only.
7. Introduction to Micro Units Development & Refinance Agency Limited (MUDRA)
Micro Units Development & Refinance Agency Limited (MUDRA) and Pradhan Mantri MUDRA Yojana (PMMY) were launched on 08 April 2015 by the Hon’ble Prime Minister, Shri Narendra Modi. The guidelines of PMMY issued by Department of Financial Services (DFS), GOI indicated that all banks are required to lend to micro enterprises engaged in manufacturing, processing, trading and service sector activities, for a loan upto ` 10 lakh.MUDRA loans are extended by banks, NBFCs, MFIs and other eligible financial intermediaries as notified by MUDRA Ltd. The Pradhan Mantri MUDRA Yojana (PMMY) announced by the Hon’ble Prime Minister on 8th April 2015, envisages providing MUDRA loan, upto ` 10 lakh, to income generating micro enterprises engaged in manufacturing, trading and services sectors. The overdraft amount of ` 5000 sanctioned under PMJDY has been also classified as MUDRA loans under Prime Minister MUDRA Yojana (PMMY). The MUDRA loans are extended under following three categories:
Loans upto ` 50,000/- (Shishu)
Loans from ` 50,001 to ` 5 lakh (Kishore)
www.ijmer.in 111 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Loans from ` 5,00,001/- to ` 10 lakh (Tarun)
More focus would be given to Shishu. Accordingly, all advances granted on or after 8th April 2015 falling under the above category are classified as MUDRA loans under the PMMY. The application forms for such loans shall also carry the name “Pradhan Mantri MUDRA Yojana”. It was decided that MUDRA will monitor the progress of PMMY. The National Bank for Agriculture & Rural Development (NABARD) was also advised to closely monitor the progress of RRBs, as RRBs are under supervisory domain of NABARD.
In order to make the monitoring more effective, a dedicated portal www.mudra.org in was put in place to capture the data on the performance under PMMY on a weekly basis to have consolidated data of nationwide disaggregated retail transactions details, including data on new entrepreneurs, women entrepreneurs, SC/ST, Minority, MUDRA card etc. The data so collected was analyzed and reported to GOI. The progress was closely followed up with the banks for improvement, if any. A team of officers at ‘Mission Mudra’ was constituted and placed with DFS for an overall supervision and follow up of the programme on behalf of GOI. Subsequently, it was also decided that the MUDRA loans given by MFIs also needs to be captured as most of the MFIs are MUDRA partners. Accordingly, MFIN was given the responsibility for following up with the NBFC- MFI and getting their data on the portal. Similarly, Sa-Dhan was made responsible for collecting the data and on boarding the same for the non NBFC MFIs.
7.1 Eligible borrowers
Individuals
www.ijmer.in 112 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Proprietary concern.
Partnership Firm.
Private Ltd. Company.
Public Company.
Any other legal forms.
The applicant should not be defaulter to any bank or financial institution and should have a satisfactory credit track record. The individual borrowers may be required to possess the necessary skills/experience/ knowledge to undertake the proposed activity. The need for educational qualification, if any, needs to be assessed based on the nature of the proposed activity, and its requirement.
7.2 Purpose of Assistance / Nature of assistance.
Need based term loan/OD limit/composite loan to eligible borrowers for acquiring capital assets and/or working capital/marketing related requirements. The MUDRA loans are provided for income generating small business activity in manufacturing, processing, service sector or trading. The Project cost is decided based on business plan and the investment proposed. MUDRA loan is not for consumption/personal needs. For the purpose of working capital limit, MUDRA has launched a new product called “MUDRA Card”, which is a Debit card issued on RuPay platform, and provides hassle free credit in a flexible manner.
www.ijmer.in 113 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
7.3 Amount of assistance
Upto to ` 10 lakh in three categories viz. Shishu, Kishore and Tarun.
7.4 Margin/Promoters Contribution
Margin/Promoters Contribution is as per the policy framework of the bank, based on overall guidelines of RBI in this regard. Banks may not insist for margin for Shishu loans.
7.5 Interest rate
Interest rates are to be charged as per the policy decision of the bank. However, the interest rate charged to ultimate borrowers shall be reasonable. Scheduled Commercial Banks, RRBs and Cooperative Banks wishing to avail of refinance from MUDRA will have to peg their interest rates, as advised by MUDRA Ltd., from time to time.
7.6 Upfront fee/Processing charges.
Banks may consider charging of upfront fee as per their internal guidelines. The upfront fee/processing charges for Shishu loans are waived by most banks.
7.7 Security
First charge on all assets created out of the loan extended to the borrower and the assets which are directly associated with the business/project for which credit has been extended.
DPN (wherever applicable).
www.ijmer.in 114 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
CGTMSE (wherever felt desirable)/MUDRA Guarantee cover (as and when introduced).
In terms of RBI guidelines issued vide Master Circular on lending to MSME Sector (para 4.2) dated July 01, 2014, in respect of loans upto ` 10 lakh, banks are mandated not to accept collateral security in the case of loans upto ` 10 lakh extended to units in the Micro Small Enterprises (MSE) Sector. Banks are required to encourage their branch level functionaries to avail of the Credit Guarantee Scheme cover, wherever felt desirable.
7.8 Tenor of Assistance
Based on the economic life of the assets created and also the cash flow generated. However, MUDRA’s refinance assistance will be for a maximum tenor of 36 months which will also be aligned to terms of allotment of MUDRA funds by RBI from time to time.
7.9 Repayment
Term Loan: To be repaid in suitable installments with suitable moratorium period as per cash flow of the business.
OD & CC Limit: Repayable on demand. Renewal and Annual Review as per internal guidelines of the Bank.
7.10 Availability of the loan
Mudra loan under PMMY is available at all bank branches across the country. Mudra loan is also issued by NBFCs / MFIs who are engaged in financing for micro enterprises in small business activities.
www.ijmer.in 115 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
7.11 Importance of MUDRA Loans
The Mudra Bank will also formulate lending norms for micro – finance institutions so that small businesses do not face hardship over indebtedness, while getting a fair environment for repayment.
Loans from Mudra Bank will help to bridge the shortfall in loans for small businesses, which are unable to get institutional credit.
It also provides credit of up to Rs 10 lakh to small entrepreneurs, benefiting small manufacturing units, small shopkeepers, fruits and vegetable vendors, truck operators, hawkers, artisans in rural and urban areas.
It will also act as a partner with State and regional – level coordinators to grant financial assistance to last-mile financiers of small and micro business enterprises.
It Offers a Credit Guarantee scheme for providing guarantees to loans being offered to micro businesses.
8. Disbursement and Performance of MUDRA Loans
In order to give a boost to the lending under PMMY, especially for Shishu category loans, a credit campaign was carried out from 1stSeptember 2015 to 2nd October 2015. The campaign culminated in mega credit camps in different locations in the country from 25th September 2015 to 02nd October 2015. In order to enhance the awareness of the programme, MUDRA carried out a month long publicity campaign, on behalf of DFS, through print media and Radio. The credit campaign resulted in lending to 22.50 lakh borrowers as against a target of 25 lakh borrowers and lent ` 4120 crore.
www.ijmer.in 116 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
The overall performance of the Yojana indicates that the target has been achieved during the year. As against the target of ` 122188 crore, the Banks and MFIs together have disbursed ` 132954.73 crore, thereby achieving 109%. The achievements by Public Sector Banks indicate a substantial credit growth in this segment. Based on the data collected from the PSBs, it was seen that the disbursement by these banks in this segment was around ` 33,000 crore during the 2014-15 which has recorded a growth of 70% during 2015-16. The other lending institutions have also achieved high credit growth in this segment due to the initiative of Pradhan Mantri MUDRA Yojana.
www.ijmer.in 117 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Table : Region wise Performance –Banks and MFIs (No. of Accounts , Amount Disbursed)
North West East South Total
Disburs Disburs Disburs Disburse Disburse Category ement ement ement No.of No.of No.of ment ment Amt in Amt in Amt in No.of A/c No.of A/c A/c A/c A/c Amt in Amt in Rs Rs Rs Rs Crore Rs Crore Crore Crore Crore
Shishu 6270143 12037.22 7326264 14581.37 8411412 14491.25 10393227 20917.85 32401046 62027.69
Kishore 434221 9612.64 353201 7494.02 387317 7200.78 894722 16765.84 2069461 41073.28
Tarun 120883 9041.88 95994 7171.12 60397 4224.92 133143 9415.84 410417 29853.76
Total 6825247 30691.74 7775459 29246.51 8859126 25916.95 11421092 47099.53 34880924 132954.7
% Share 20% 23% 22% 22% 25% 19% 33% 35% 100% 100%
Average Amount Disbursed / 45 38 29 41 38 Account (Rs. In Thousand)
www.ijmer.in 118 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
The data indicate that the MFI has contributed substantially to the number of account financed under the Yojana. However, due to the smaller amount disbursed by them, it has steeply brought down the per capita average loan under the programme, with an average of `38000/ account, as against `79000/account in case of Bank Accounts. But MFIs have contributed substantially in the financing of Shishu category loans.
MUDRA loan is meant for ‘funding the unfunded’. It is available for both new units and expansion of existing units. The data of new entrepreneurs supported under PMMY, indicate that out of 3.49 crore accounts financed during the year, 1.25 crore accounts were for new entrepreneurs, which work out to 36%. Providing financial support to women entrepreneurs was one of the main objectives of PMMY. The data indicate that 2.76 crore women were funded out of the total number of 3.48 crore accounts, which is a whopping79%. MFIs contributed significantly for the financing women under PMMY.
The NSSO survey of 2013 indicated that more than 60% of the micro enterprise units belonged to weaker sections. The data obtained under PMMY shows that 1.84 crore accounts financed by all the agencies under PMMY was for SC/ST/OBC categories, which is nearly 53% of the accounts financed. The loans provided by Banks and MFIs under PMMY for minorities indicate that 40.88 lakh accounts were of minorities, which is nearly 12%. Among the loanees availing of financial assistance under PMMY included 24.17 lakh O/D facilities against their PMJDY accounts. The amount disbursed under this arrangement was to the tune of ` 274.02 crore, the average per account works out to be ` 1134.
MUDRA Card is an innovative product introduced during the year to take care of the frequent and flexible credit needs of small
www.ijmer.in 119 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
borrowers. The card is issued as a Debit card on RuPay platform and can be used for drawl of funds and also repayment as and when there is surplus, so that the loan amount can be managed judiciously. The card was introduced during the year which was adopted by most of the PSBs, RRBs and a few Private Sector Banks too. The total number of card issued during the year was at 5.17 lakh for an amount of ` 1476.96 cr. An amount of 1391.25 crore was withdrawn by the borrowers. The average amount of MUDRA card works out to ` 28567 per card.
www.ijmer.in 120 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Table : Financing for New, Women and Minority Entrepreneurs
New Entrepreneurs Women Entrepreneurs Minority Entrepreneurs
Type of Institution Disbursem Disbursem Disbursem No.of A/c ent Amt in No.of A/c ent Amt in No.of A/c ent Amt in Rs Crore Rs Crore Rs Crore
Public Sector Banks 3822226 35463.13 1475907 10352.09 498634 5313.69
Private Sector Banks 1777400 8000.88 2153790 6450.74 448106 2122.73 & Foreign Banks
Regional Rural 720430 5088.39 292127 2462.19 147011 1424.18 Banks
NBFC – MFIs 6049094 10213.16 22962461 42047.05 2920382 4580.73
Non – NBFC MFIs 105518 142.52 743980 1878.36 74077 118.97
Total 12474668 58908.08 27628265 63190.43 4088210 13560.30
www.ijmer.in 121 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Table : Financing for SC, ST and OBC Entrepreneurs
SC Entrepreneurs ST Entrepreneurs OBC Entrepreneurs
Disburse Disburse Disburse Type of Institution ment ment ment No.of A/c No.of A/c No.of A/c Amt in Amt in Amt in Rs Crore Rs Crore Rs Crore
Public Sector Banks 360306 3028.38 159962 1364.22 901691 7238.35
Private Sector Banks & Foreign 584695 1672.37 165103 438.99 1106900 3759.34 Banks
Regional Rural Banks 171655 1227.81 87300 664.73 462525 3285.69
NBFC – MFIs 4892200 8606.31 1241112 2239.07 8006075 15271.67
Non – NBFC MFIs 105881 156.92 24869 35.02 131225 207.46
Total 6114737 14691.79 1678346 4742.03 10608416 29762.51
www.ijmer.in 122 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Government of India has set a target of ` 1,80,000 crore for FY 2016-17 to SBI & Associates, Public Sector Banks, Private Sector Banks, Foreign Banks, Regional Rural Banks, NBFC-MFIs and Non-NBFC MFIs as per the details given below:
Table : Target for the Financial Year 2016 -17
S.No Type of Institution Target Amount in Rs (Crore)
1 Public Sector Banks 77700
Private Sector Banks & Foreign 2 21000 Banks
3 Regional Rural Banks 15000
4 NBFC – MFIs 64240
5 Non – NBFC MFIs 2060
Total 180000
9. Conclusions
Micro Units Development & Refinance Agency Ltd. (MUDRA) is a new institution set up by Government of India to provide funding to the non-corporate, non-farm sector income generating activities of micro and small enterprises whose credit needs are below Rs. 10 Lakh. Under the aegis of Pradhan Mantri MUDRA Yojana (PMMY), MUDRA has created three products i.e. 'Shishu', 'Kishore' and ‘Tarun’ as per the
www.ijmer.in 123 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
stage of growth and funding needs of the beneficiary micro unit. All Non-Corporate Small Business Segment (NCSBS) comprising of proprietorship or partnership firms running as small manufacturing units, service sector units, shopkeepers, fruits/vegetable vendors, truck operators, food-service units, repair shops, machine operators, small industries, food processors and others in rural and urban areas, are eligible for assistance under Mudra. Bank branches would facilitate loans under Mudra scheme as per customer requirements. Loans under this scheme are collateral free loans. The initiative MUDRA has been launched which focus solely on entrepreneurs besides the schemes being introduced for the overall growth and development of the MSME sector. No-doubt, this scheme will contribute to the well-being of the individuals engaged in small scale industries which will positively affect the progress of the economy as a whole for India in the coming years.
www.ijmer.in 124 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
THE CONCEPT OF BRAHMAN IN THE UPANISHADS
Sumita Banerjee Research Scholar Department of Philosophy Panjab University, Chandigarh
Abstract
This article explores the concept of Brahman in the Upanishads. The Upanishad forms the end portion of the Vedas and is thus called the Veda-anta or the end portion of the Vedas. There are 108 extant Upanishads. The knowledge of Brahman arises by the interaction of the Guru or preceptor and the shishya or the disciple. The disciple requires certain physical, moral and spiritual preparation before undertaking the journey from the Apara to the Para Vidya. According to Shankara, the knowledge of Brahman loosens the bonds of Sansara and sets man free. The Brahman Sutra is the first systematic analysis of the truth contained in the Upanishads. The Upanishads point out the way for the liberation of the jiva from the tritap or the threefold suffering of the physical, mental and spiritual. In this article we explore the transition from the Vedas to the Upanishads. The spirit of enquiry which leads to Brahmajnana, the higher and the lower knowledge, the luminous nature of Brahman, the relation of the Atman to Brahman and the nature of adhyasa or wrong knowledge which prevents the jiva from realizing its true state.
Key words: Brahman, Sansara, jiva, Upanishads, Vedas ,Apara Vidya, Para Vidya, Adhyasa.
www.ijmer.in 125 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Introduction
This article is about the search for an understanding of the concept of Brahman as found in the Upanishads. The Upanishads form the end portion of the Vedas, the ancient scriptures of India and are named the Veda-anta or the end portion of the Vedas1 (Radhakrishnan, 1977 : p.430).The term Upanishad is derived from upa (near)-ni (down)-shad (sit) or sitting down, near the teacher who imparts these secret teachings and the student imbibes the essence of these teachings by the process of the shravana (hearing), manana (cogitation) and nidhidhyasana (practice).
According to Shankara ,
“The student should approach only a teacher versed in the Vedas and established in Brahman, in order to know the eternal”.2(Shankaracharya, 2009: p. 3)
The teaching of the wisdom of the Upanishads was done with great care, the pupils chosen carefully and trained by the teachers before the wisdom was imparted. The teachings contained therein were declared as secret-
“te vaa ete guhya aadesha” or these are the hidden teachings, declares the Chhandogya Upanishad.3……(Radhakrishnan, 2011: p. 381).
For Shankara, Upanishad means the knowledge of Brahman by which ignorance is loosened or destroyed.4(Radhakrishnan, 2011: p. 20)
Shankara emphasized that the knowledge of Brahman alone was conducive towards the liberation of the jiva. Besides the original works such as the Vivekachudamani, Shankara wrote commentaries on the Isa, Kena, Brihad-aranyaka, Chhandogya etc which among others are
www.ijmer.in 126 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
regarded among his major works. The teachings of the Upanishads, the Brahma Sutras and the Bhagavad Gita considered the prime canons of the Vedanta and are mentioned as the prasthana-trayi or the three works on liberation.
The teachings of the Upanishads are cryptic in form and lend themselves to many interpretations. Many commentators have interpreted theses pithy sayings to establish their own stance in philosophy. The contribution to the tradition of the Vedanta has been made by three main philosophers namely
Madhavacharya -who advocated Dualism Ramanujacharya - the teacher of Qualified Non-Dualism Shankaracharya- who advocated Non Dualism.5(Nikhilananda, 2013: p. 27) The Upanishads contain the truth about Brahman, the highest truth, the Ultimate Reality and
formulations are given, such as It is the Satyasya Satyam6, (truth of truth)(Brihad-aranyaka Upanishad II.i.20) and is to be attained by the process of na iti-na iti7 (not this-not his).(Brihadaranyaka Upanishad- II.3.6)
The Purpose of the Upanishads
The Upanishads attempt to address the problems which the enquirer faces regarding the ultimate reality. Observing impermanence, grief and the inescapable nature of death man tends to search for ‘That’ whose nature is the opposite i.e. free of limitations and conditions. It is the Upanishads that guide man in this quest and speak of Brahman which is of the nature of the Sat (reality), Chit (consciousness) and Bliss (ananda).
www.ijmer.in 127 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
It is not that the Upanishads are merely speculative in nature. They also involve action, the irony being that it needs action on the part of the aspirant to achieve inaction! This action involves shravana, manana and nidhidhyasana. The action part also belongs to the realm of yoga and involves a comprehensive structure of the human psyche manifesting a particular level of consciousness as given and helps transform this consciousness to the higher levels where the human self is enabled to manifest the highest form which according to the Upanishadic seers is Brahman. The knower of Brahman becomes Brahman, Brahma veda brahmaiva bhavati.(Mundaka Upanishad- III.2.9). Thus the importance of the Upanishad lies in the fact that it is an enquiry into the Ultimate Reality as against the unreal, it is the Permanent as against the impermanence and it is the sreyas (good) in relation to the preyas (the desirable).
Transition from the Vedas to the Upanishad
The transition from the Vedas to the Upanishads is marked by the following changes:
1. The emphasis was now more on the monistic aspect of the vedic hymns89 (Radhakrishnan, p 144) which till now had catered to the pantheon of deities such as Indra, Varuna, Agni, Vayu etc, symbolic of the natural forces of the wind, fire, lightening among others. Since polytheism could not be done away with all at once, in the individual, the Upanishads subordinated the many dieties under One.
2. The centre of interest now moved from the outer cosmological aspect of reality to the inner subjective world. The human being and his importance in the scheme of things became important. A growing awareness among man of his existence and his relationship to the world and its limitations and possibilities made him ponder on the afterlife.
www.ijmer.in 128 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
3. The question arose now on the vidhis (injunctions) and nishedha (prohibitions) of the Vedas. The Vedic practices and rituals catered only towards objective rewards and involved elaborate arrangements and the results were not permanent. Keeping all this in mind the seers of the Upanishads now proceeded to seek answers to these problems and came up with solutions .These answers were not the result of the reasoning individual mind but rather the result of the seekers or seers who developed the deeper understanding of the bodhi or deeper consciousness.
“The seeker of Brahmavidya wakened the subtle power of the mind and senses by means of concentration and self control…made the…scattered mind one pointed…and as the power of concentration increased the seeker became aware of the deeper phases of existence. Instinct, reason and intuition or higher consciousness…- all are differing states of the same mind. Hence a lower state can be developed into the higher.”10(Nikhilananda, 2013: pp. 21,22)
The Spirit of Enquiry
Throughout the Upanishads we find the spirit of enquiry. The nature of the world and of the ultimate reality is to be enquired into. Enquiry into the nature of Brahman is emphasized. The seeker is encouraged to enquire, seek and you shall find. It is only through enquiry the mind which till now has been passively imbibing and being shaped by impressions past and present becomes prepared to break away from this habit and become ready for manifesting the higher states of consciousness.
Even from the times of the Vedas, the acquisition of knowledge was based on the spirit of enquiry. The Vedic seers speculated on the
www.ijmer.in 129 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
philosophical aspects of human life and creation and raised queries such as,
‘Who, verily, knows and who can here declare it, where it was born and whence comes this creation?’ The Gods are later than this world’s production. Who knows,then, whence it came into being?’
Rig Veda, X. 129.
Other subject of enquiry is: is there a soul apart from the body? What happens to the soul after death? What is the goal and purpose of the human life?
“Saunaka, the great householder, approached Angiras in the proper manner and said: Revered sir, what is that by the knowing of which all this becomes known?”
Angiras replied,
“To him (Saunaka) he said: Two kinds of knowledge must be known…They are the higher knowledge and the lower knowledge.”11(Nikhilananda, 2013: p 262)
According to the Katha Upanishad, young Nachiketa enquires of Lord Yama
“….. the ineffable Supreme Bliss. How then may I come to know this? Does it shine (of itself) or does it shine (in reflection)?”
The reply
“…Everything shines only after that shining light. His shining illumines all this world.”12
www.ijmer.in 130 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
(Katha Upanishad II.2-14,15)
The Luminous Nature of Brahman
“Being, consciousness and Bliss constitute the essential nature of Brahman so “It is the essence of Consciousness or Light”13(Nikhilananda, 2013: p 44).
The luminosity of Brahman has been described in many of the Upanishads.
“He (the knower of Brahman) knows that Supreme abode of Brahman, wherin founded, the world shines brightly”.14(Mundaka Upanishad III.2.1)
“…Therefore, verily, on crossing that bridge, night appears even as day for that Brahman world is ever illumined.”15(Chandogya Upanishad, VIII.4.2)
The Nature of the Atman in the Upanishads
The word ‘Atman’ was used in the Rig Veda stood both for the Ultimate essence of the universe as also the vital breath in man. In the Upanishads we see that the word Atman is used to denote the ultimate essence in man after negating all by the process of not this and what remains is the Atman which is what is stated as ‘Thou’ in the aphorism ‘Thou art That’.
The process involves the non- identification of the Self from the five sheaths. The Atman forgets its true nature due to identifying itself with the not-self. The not-self comprises of the various sheaths which cover the Atman as the sedge covers the waters of the pond. These
www.ijmer.in 131 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
sheaths are those of the food, the vital air, the mind, the intellect and bliss.
“…Enveloped in them, it (Atman) forgets its real nature and becomes subject to transmigration”.16
(Vidyaranya Swami, 2012: I-33)
The word ‘Atman’ is derived from an (to breathe).17 (Radhakrishnan, 2011: p. 73) Atman remains after all that is not the self is eliminated. It is the result of the search for the innermost essence of man. The Rig Veda says that there is in the human an unborn part ajo bhagah which is the immortal element in man subject neither to birth, change or destruction. When man eliminates the not self there remains as the residue is self knowledge or atma- jnana.
As Brahman is both the transcendent and immanent Cosmic principle so is the Atman both the transcendent and the imminent essence of the individual.
That the identity of the two is the same is mentioned in the Panchadashi which says,
“….that the individual Self is of the nature of existence, consciousness and bliss. Similar is the supreme Brahman. The identity of the two is taught in the Upanishads.”18(Vidyaranya Swami, 2012: I-10)
Brahman as Atman
We find that the identity of Brahman and the Atman have been mentioned in the various Upanishads. The duality and the differences we perceive are due to the effects of Maya and Avidya. While Maya
www.ijmer.in 132 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
works at the cosmic level, avidya is the individual ignorance. It has been called ignorance and illusion which is responsible for making Brahman seem different from the world. These forces work in the form of avarna and vikshepa, veiling and projecting respectively, causing the eclipse of Brahman from the transmigrating jiva.
But as soon as the truth is revealed, by negating the superimposed attributes, the difference disappears and the essential unity of the Atman and Brahman is realized.
The aphorisms which reveal the truth about the oneness of the Brahman and the Atman are called Mahavakyas or great sayings. They are taken from the four Vedas
Pragyanam Brahman or Consciousness (in the individual) is Brahman from the Aitareya Upanishad (III.i.3) in the Rig Veda,
Aham Brahmasmi or I am Brahman from the Brihad- aranyaka Upanishad (I.4.10) of the Yajur Veda,
Tat tvam Asi or Thou art That from the Chandogya Upanishad (VI.8.7) of the Sama Veda and
Ayam-atma Brahman or This Atman is Brahman from the Mandukya Upanishad (11) of the Atharva Veda. Each of these aphorisms indicates the underlying essential unity of the Brahman and the Atman, and the reality is non dual. Hence these teachings are also known as akhandartha bodhaka that is indicative of non duality.19(Satprakashananda, 2005: p. 200)
www.ijmer.in 133 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Para and Apara Brahman
The Upanishads describe Brahman of having two aspects, the Higher or nirguna also called the Para Brahman and the lower or saguna also called the Apara Brahman. The Para Brahman is without attributes whearas the Apara Brahman is with attributes. Sankara says that it is the purpose of the Upanshads is to establish the attributeless Brahman whearas according to Ramanuja declares that the real purpose of the scriptures is to describe the Saguna Brahman or the Brahman with attributes such as merciful, benign etc.
Taking both views into consideration it may be said that both are true if we consider that the one and the same Brahman has been described from two levels, one from the empirical (vyavaharika) and one from the transcendental (paramarthika). While the jiva at the empirical level comprehends the Apara Brahman, it is only at the transcendental level that the Para Brahman becomes comprehensible to the jiva.
According to Paul Deussen, the knowledge of Brahman is essentially different from “knowledge” in ordinary life. According to the Chaandogya Upanishad , Narada admits to Sanatkumara that despite the knowledge of the Vedas, mathematics, chronology etc he still feels that there is something he does not know, that something he feels is the knowledge of the self. (Chandogya Upanishad, 7-2,3). The approach that the Para Brahman could not be easily attained and the concept of neti-neti made this doctrine seem negative. Also it claimed that no sense experience could lead to the knowledge of Brahman. On the positive side, it gave rise to the realization that empirical reality was actually a hindrance towards the realization of Brahman.
The phenomenal world which appears real to our senses and even our bodies are all products of delusion or avidya of the nature of adhyasa or
www.ijmer.in 134 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
false knowledge wherein we superimpose the apparent on the real and take the apparent to be real, the famous example being of the snake and the rope. But the illusion being false is removable by the right effort and the truth revealed in all its glory.
The Katha Upanishad (II.i.i) states, the Self is not to be sought through the senses. Some wise man, seeking eternal life, with eyes turned inward, saw the self.
The Svetasvatara Upanishad (5.1) says that in the imperishable, infinite highest Brahman are the two knowledge and ignorance, placed hidden. Ignorance is perishable while knowledge is immortal.
The Brahman Sutra
The Brahman sutra is an aphoristic summary of the teachings of the Upanishads. Different commentators attempt to find in the Upanishads and the Brahman sutras a coherent system of thought. The Shankara’s Advaita insists on the transcendent nature of the non- dual Brahman.
“No predication is possible of Brahman as predication involves a subject/object duality and Brahman is free of all duality.”20(Radhakrishnan, 2011: p 26)
A wonderful imagery is given in the Katha Upanishad (II.3.1) regarding the nature of Brahman
“With the root above and the branches below (stands) this ancient fig tree. That indeed is the pure; that is Brahman.” 21 (Radhakrishnan,2011: p. 649)
www.ijmer.in 135 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Conclusion
Thus we see that the Upanishads talk about the realization of Brahman as the highest state of man. It commences with the enquiry into the nature of Brahman and culminates in the realization that the seeker is identical with the sought, Tat tvam Asi (That thou Art) or Aham Brahmasmi (I am Brahman).
The contents of what comes under the purview of the Upanishads is vast let alone the interpretations and commentaries of the philosophers of later generations. It cannot be denied that it is difficult to fix meanings and develop systems on such revelatory texts which can be interpreted in a number of ways.
As we try to understand the relation of the world in which we find ourselves today to the Ultimate Reality, if there is such a reality and how is it to be realized, we find as guide posts the thinking, enquiry and insights of our ancient seers for the direction we need to take.
References
1. Shankaracharya, Upadesha Sahasri, tr. Swami Jagadananda, Madras: Sri Ramakrishna Math, 2009. 2. Radhakrishnan,S: The Principal Upanishads, Harper Collins, 2011 3. ------: Indian Philosophy, Vol. 1. London: George Allen and Unwin Ltd., 1971 4. ------: Indian philosophy, Vol. 2. London: George Allen and Unwin ltd., 1977 5. Nikhilananda, Swami: The Upanishads, Vol 1. Kolkata: Advaita Ashrama, 2013 6. Vidyaranya, Swami: Panchadashi, tr. Swami Swahananda, Chennai: Sri Ramakrishna Math, 2012.
www.ijmer.in 136 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
7. Satprakashananda, Swami: Methods of Knowledge, Kolkata: Advaita Ashrama, 2005.
www.ijmer.in 137 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
POLITICAL EMPOWERMENT OF SCHEDULED CASTE WOMEN IN PANCHAYAT RAJ INSTITUTIONS
Dr. N.Kedareswari Dept. of Politics and Public Add Andhra University , Visakhapatnam
Empowerment implies the creation of an enabling environment where individuals can fully use their capabilities to take charge of their lives. Empowerment also implies the building or acquiring of capacity to accomplish certain tasks and attain specific goals.
In the area of women’s political empowerment, it is increasingly becoming recognized that women should both empower themselves and ‘be empowered’. This relates both to individual (such as increasing individual civic competencies) and collective empowerment (such as networking). Empowerment also involves creating a conductive environment so that women can use these competencies to address the fundamental problems of society at par with their male counterparts.
It follows therefore that building the analytical, political, advocacy, leadership, networking and other competencies of women is just as important or even more important that increasing women’s numbers in high policy and decision making bodies and institutions. It can even be argued that these qualitative factors provide the foundation for sustainable improvements in the position of women. Otherwise, legislative or constitutional mandates (or any other situations where the existing male dominated power structures are required to ‘do favours’ for women – for instance by appointing them to the cabinet) may merely result in tokenism, manipulation and unsustainable representation.
www.ijmer.in 138 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
The aim of this paper is to explain the Political Empowerment of Scheduled Caste Women in Panchayati Raj Institution and find out how far this bill is really increasing the involvement of Scheduled Caste women in the process of decision making. This paper is also intended to suggest measures to improve the Political Participation of Scheduled Caste Women in Panchayati Raj Institution.
Political empowerment for women is regarded as a key driver for economic and social empowerment. The recent Constitutional amendments (73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendments) brought about significant changes in the political scenario of the country with regard to women’s participation in politics. However, in India, attempts to secure political representation in higher political arenas have not been successful. Fresh impetus is required with a modern approach. Indian democracy is 60 years old now, yet the participation of women in politics has actually declined since the days of the freedom movement, both in quantity and quality.
While repeated rounds of elections to millions of Panchayati Raj Institutions around the country constitutes a democratic miracle, the baleful effects of money and muscle power have to be curtailed and eliminated.
Panchayats have been the backbone of the Indian villages since the beginning of recorded history. Gandhiji, the father of the nation, in 1946 had aptly remarked that the Indian Independence must begin at the bottom and every village ought to be a republic or panchayat having powers. Gandhiji’s dream has been translated into reality with the introduction of the three-tier Panchayati Raj system to ensure people’s participation in rural reconstruction. Panchayat denotes the institution of local government in rural India and Panchayati Raj Institutions refers to the tree tiers of Panchayats at the level of the village, block and district..The Minister of Panchayati Raj Dr. C.P. Joshi informed
www.ijmer.in 139 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Lok Sabha today that efforts have been made by their Government to ensure representation of women as well as the weaker sections of the society at all the three tiers of panchayats across the country. In a written reply to a question regarding the enhancement of the women’s partnership in panchayati raj system he stated that elections are being held regularly to panchayats to ensure it since the Constitution act, 1992 came into effect. The percentage of representation of women in Panchayats is generally higher than the mandated one third elected posts. The state wise break up of women in the three tiers of the Panchayati Raj Institutions is annexed.
In 2007-08, the Ministry of Panchayati Raj commissioned a study on Elected Women Representatives in Gram Panchayats. The Study was guided by an Academic Advisory Committee and was based on a nationwide survey carried out by AC Neilson ORG-MARG, New Delhi. Prof. Niraja Gopal Jayal of Jawahar Lal Nehru University, New Delhi supervised the writing up of the principal conclusions. The Study Report was released on 24th April, 2008 at the National Convention of Presidents of Zila Parishads and Intermediate Panchayats. This Study helped analyse various issues related to Elected Women Representatives vis-à-vis their male counterparts. It also investigated their socio-economic characteristics, tracked their political careers over the past three rounds of elections and specifically examined the quality of their post-election participation in terms of performance of their roles.
India has gradually transformed from Women in Development to Gender and Development in the policy approaches. Affirmative action policies are developed to reach the goal of inclusive democracy and sustainable development. At global level special measures have been designed to ensure women’s participation, development and empowerment. These changes in awareness, expertise, policies, laws
www.ijmer.in 140 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
and women’s voices are efforts of many actors. At grass-roots though translating these is very important.
Dalits constitutes around 5 percent population of the world. This large population is shackled in poverty, illiteracy, political subjugation and cultural oppression. For the Development of the Dalits in general and Dalit women in particular political participation is necessary. Developmental needs of Women and Dalit marginalized are getting special attention as the 73rd Amendment gets implemented. 73rd Amendment mirrors the developmental goal India visions for sustained grassroots democracy. There is a need for further development research for more inclusive policies which are sensitive to Dalit women’s specificity. Thus this study focuses on an aspect of Development of a marginalized group and in this sense attempts to contribute important findings for further research on this issue in the spectrum of Development studies.
The Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (SCs/STs) communities have been traditionally deprived of the developmental resources entitled for them. Since Independence, variety of initiatives have been undertaken to build their capacities and mainstream them in the social and political system. But unfortunately results are far from what has been envisaged. Building leadership of the SC/ST communities in local governance institutions is one of them.
The 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendment Acts (CAAs) provided an opportunity for mainstreaming of SCs/STs in political, social and economic decision-making process. Article 243(D) makes provision for reservation of SCs and STs in every panchayat in proportion to the population in that area. Such seats will be filled by direct election and shall be allotted by rotation to different constituencies. After almost 16 years of these Constitutional provisions,
www.ijmer.in 141 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
it has been noticed that except a few encouraging results in small pockets, SC and ST leaders still have to overcome from the social barriers and system to perform in the interest of their community. They are still deprived of their powers as elected representatives, and even now they are not allowed by the upper castes to sit and chair the proceedings of the panchayats. A number of no confidence motions against them are also one of the consequences of their social exclusion. For women belonging to these communities, it is dual oppression; especially when they try to assert their leadership they face incidences of sexual violence.
Bihar, Uttar Pradesh and Chhattisgarh are the old locations of the PRIA’s project activities. Last year efforts were made to organise elected representatives (ERs) of SC/ST communities. Capacity building initiatives were undertaken after assessing the needs and requirements of the representatives. Similarly different networking initiatives were undertaken for ERs and civil society groups. The initiatives taken in last year showed that the participation of ERs from the SCs/STs had been nominal or by proxy and they were not able to articulate group- specific interests or exercise their own judgement in decision making. A number of them were stoically dependent on the elite of the village and remained answerable to them. Both male and female ERs, being undereducated and inexperienced, were often not allowed to carry out their mandate. The insensitivity, indifference, vested interests, abusive language and non-cooperation of other elected representatives, functionaries and officials constrained the ability of many of these elected representatives to perform better.
The premise that “Democratic Participation if viewed just in the context of political democratic participation is meaningless, unless it percolates down to social democracy and economic democracy”. In order to achieve this goal should be made to increase the leadership of
www.ijmer.in 142 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Scheduled caste or Scheduled tribes in Panchayats. It is also essential to build a strong support mechanism for SC/ST leaders so that they can perform effectively in Panchayats. It has been noticed that there are different types of CSO networks operating for Dalit and tribal rights, but unfortunately there has been no organised leadership at present among these networks which can take up the issue of capacity building of SC/ST ERs in panchayats and municipalities. An effort should be made to bring all the networks together on one platform to work on grassroots-level leadership of these communities.
Visions of political development stress on democracy and participation as innate to its discourse. Development in this sense needs democratic decision making of all the stake holders, informed and active civil society and inclusive political structure to reach its goal. In the Indian context the process of democratization with inclusive participation is envisioned through the 73rd Indian Constitution Amendment Act, 1993. The Act fosters the strengthening of grassroots’ democracy by creating opportunities for inclusive participation of the marginalized groups. It provides rights to Scheduled Castes (SCs), Scheduled Tribes (STs) and women to participate in local government. The Act aims at redressing the gender and caste inequities. Thus it provides proportionate reservation to the SC-ST categories based on their population and 33 percent for women to ensure their participation in panchayats.
Post implementation of the Act that has now passed sixteen years, women’s participation in panchayat has been remarkably visible. This has recently resulted in Union cabinet approving a proposal of a Constitutional Amendment bill for increasing quota (50 percent) for women in Panchayats at all tiers (Panchayat Raj Ministry report) . Ministry seminar report 2009 estimate more than 1.4 million women to occupy 2,60,768 panchayats in upcoming panchayat
www.ijmer.in 143 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
elections(Panchayat Raj ministry) . It also states, at present, out of the total elected representatives of panchayat numbering around 2.8 million, 36.87 percent are women. The Panchayat raj ministry report indicates a significant role played by reservation in bringing women into mainstream. According to this report, Reservation has played a significant role as four-fifths of all the representatives got elected from reserved seats. Reservation facilitated the first entry into politics for most of the elected representatives (83%). Positive impact of entering politics and working as a panchayat raj functionary is visible as 79 percent of women representatives reported better self-esteem; 81 percent reported confidence building and 74 percent stated increase of decision-making abilities (ibid). Such positive report gives a picture of better and inclusive governance that India is moving towards by applying ‘Gender and Development’ approach (9). This step foresees increased active-participation of women in public sphere and their empowerment and development.
However, we need to look critically at the political participation that is envisioned and the actual implementation. I limit my focus on the political participation of Dalit women. Thus the lines of enquiry I intend to draw focus on the impact of Dalit women’s political participation at various levels like Dalit women themselves, village and society at large.
In this light the 73rd Constitutional Amendment Act plays a significant role. There has been increased political participation of the marginalized groups (SCs, STs and women). Formal participation and involvement of SCs, STs and women has increased in Panchayats.
73rd Amendment of Constitution gives same inclusive representation to Women, SCs and STs at local self government level. It is reaching the goal of participatory Democracy in this sense. Women
www.ijmer.in 144 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
and marginalized sections are entering and actively participating in this process of Democracy.
The facilitating factors emerged through the study range from Individual (Dalit woman herself) to the support systems like family, community, civil society, Dalit ideology, state machinery, legal mechanism.
In the factors restraining the caste based patriarchal structure and psyche induced by this structure emerges as major factor. Followed by caste based village politics, Caste based fundamentalist organizations in village, direct and indirect oppressive mechanisms like torture, pressure and direct violence, atrocities. Further, factors relating to Individual status, Family background, community are explained. Political maneuvering and interference are more specific to the panchayat level constrains faced by Dalit women. Failure on the part of State machineries, inadequacy in fiscal decentralization and ineffective training, corruption and proxy political representation, failure of legal tool such as No-confidence motion clause are the factors that challenge the implementation policy i.e. decentralized local government for inclusion of marginalized in Democracy.
Dalit’s women’s political participation has also impacted on other Dalit women from the community. There is an increased mobility of Dalit women in panchayat. Dalit women presidents are viewed as a source of inspiration for other Dalit women. Interaction between Dalit women and non-Dalit women is improved as a result of Dalit women’s political participation.
Dalit community members interact more often with the presidents. There is sense of pride and respect about Dalit president. Dalit women’s active participation has built a very healthy connection
www.ijmer.in 145 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
between Dalit women president and Dalit community. There is instance of Dalit community celebrating Dr. Ambedkar Birth anniversary in panchayat. This is the historical change.
There are also changes viewed in attitude of dominant caste members towards Dalit women. A visible attitudinal change is in terms of acceptance. Dalit women president interact more frequently with the dominant caste members after being president. Dominant caste villagers in several cases have appreciated work of Dalit women presidents, especially elderly who have benefitted by the pension scheme implementation. Village as whole looks up the Dalit women president as efficiency of their work can be seen through the implementation of schemes and transparency in functioning.
From the impact of Dalit women’s political participation mentioned above it can be seen that the 73rd Amendment has an empowering impact on the women. Even when women’s labour is still marginalized and the rural hierarchies still rooted to a large extent, active political participation of Dalit women is in itself a radical change. Rather the marginalized status is their strength and so despite the constraints, they are playing an extremely important role.
Lastly, I propose the Intervention strategies on the grounds of the restraining factors emerged through the study. These strategies also will encourage the facilitating factors to be more effective.
The important intervention strategies for effective political participation of Dalit women in panchayat are to be taken by the state and civil society. They are Training and capacity building, Policy level changes and mechanism and structures for effective implementations and at mass level sensitization and awareness campaign.
www.ijmer.in 146 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
To conclude, it is not sufficient to only pass the Acts although the Act in itself is a step towards empowerment of Dalits. To bring in sustainable and developmental change in all the spectrums the overall culture that respects and promotes the rights is very important. We can’t see the political rights of Dalit women in isolation as there is structural subjugation of women at all level that should be targeted and addressed. Along with policy interventions, organization of people, capacity building of the victims and marginalized, mass movement for the changing the structure and mind set is required. To foresee this change in the lives of Dalit women who are entering in the public sphere gradually, effective implementation of Constitutional Provisions such as 73rd Amendment is crucial. My findings from the study of Dalit women’s experiences political participation enforce this aspect very strongly.
www.ijmer.in 147 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
www.ijmer.in 148 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
www.ijmer.in 149 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
www.ijmer.in 150 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
COLUMN-ORIENTED DATABASE IMPLEMENTATION FOR IMPROVING PERFORMANCE OF READ-ONLY QUERIES
Mrs. Mamta Yadav Sapna Yadav Head Dept. of Computer Science and Engineering Dept. of Computer Science and Engineering Yaduvanshi College of Engineering Yaduvanshi College of Engineering and Technology and Technology Maharshi Dayanand University Maharshi Dayanand University Rohtak Rohtak
Abstract
The era of Column-oriented database systems has truly begun with open source database systems like C-Store, MonetDb, LucidDb and commercial ones like Ver-tica. Column-oriented database stores data column-by-column which means it stores information of single attribute collectively. Row-Store database stores data row-by-row which means it stores all information of an entity together. Hence, when there is a need to access the data at the granularity of an entity, Row- Store performs well. But, in decision making applications, data is accessed in bulk at the granularity of an attribute. The need for Column-oriented database arose from the need of business intelligence needed for e cient decision making where traditional Row-oriented database gives poor performance. PostgreSql is an open source Row- oriented and most widely used relational database management sys-tem which does not have facility for storing data in Column-oriented fashion. This work discusses the best method for implementing column- store on top of Row-store in PostgreSql along with successful design and implementation of the same. Per-formance results of our Column- Store are presented, and compared with that of traditional Row-store results with the help of TPC-H benchmark. We also discuss about the areas in which this new feature could be used so that performance will be very high as compared to Row-Stores.
www.ijmer.in 151 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Literature Survey
Keeping our aim in mind, our literature survey will consist of 3 main areas Post-greSql, Column-Store Databases Approaches for Column-store implementation. Implementing Column-store on top of row-store: The table will be logically broken into multiple tables containing two attributes each .Tuple will be formed by joining these internal tables on the basis of common table key.
Modifying the storage layer: The columns are physically stored one by one so that positional join can be taken to form a tuple and table keys would not be required.
Modifying the storage and execution layer: The columns are physically stored column by column. Therefore, positional join can be taken. Also, executor can process the data while it is still in columns [2]. Out of these, modifying the storage layer or execution layer or both would completely change the DBMS. Thus, different approaches for implementing column-store on top of row-store are explored next.
Experiments and Results
The main aim of our work is improving performance of SELECT query. Write queries like insert, update, delete will give be very slow in Column-Stores as compared to Row-Stores. On small dataset, the results of SELECT queries in Column-Store are poor which was as expected. This is because of a number of join operations performed for each relation. But, on large datasets, Column-Store gives excellent results for select queries which have small number of attributes to be accessed. Our implementation is basically for large datasets. We have
www.ijmer.in 152 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
mentioned that point in chapter 3. For evaluating the performance of our implementation, we use TPC-H benchmark [14, 15, 16, 25]. Dataset size we have taken for our analysis is 5000 tuples per table. The schema diagram of their dataset is as given below:
For each attribute of each table shown in the gure 5.1, an internal table will be created in our implementation of Column-Store Database. Firstly, we check how is the performance of select query on gradually increasing the number of columns accessed. lineitem table consists of 16 attributes and orders table consists of 9 attributes. Hence, we start by selecting 2 attributes, one from each table. Then, we gradually increase this number to 25 and observe the performance of SELECT query. This will give us exact idea of how SELECT query in Column- Store behaves.
This table 5.1 shows that as the number of attributes approach maximum possible value the execution time goes on increasing. Until the value of number of attributes is 8, the execution time required for Column-Store is less than that for Row-Store. In fact, Column-Store execution time is excellent until number of attributes accessed are 8. Again point to be considered is that orders has 9 attributes which is less than 15 of lineitem. Therefore, the increase in execution time is not always in the same proportion. It can be seen that when number of attributes are increased from 5 to 6 then there is a sudden increase in execution time. This is because, the e ect of accessing one attribute from orders on execution time is more than the e ect of accessing one attribute from lineitem. The graph is plotted as shown in gure 5.2.
www.ijmer.in 153 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Figure 5.1: E-R Diagram of TPC-H Benchmark Dataset
From these results, it is concluded that if 1/3th of the attributes are accessed then performance of Column-Store is very good as compared to Row-Store. But, 2 conditions should be satis ed. First, number of attributes for tables must be high. Second, Dataset size should be in the range of thousands, lacks and more. The more the number of attributes and the larger the dataset, the lesser will be the execution time in Column-Store as compared to Row-Store.
www.ijmer.in 154 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Conclusion and Future Work
Conclusion
Read queries when applied on huge datasets perform poorly due to their storage structure (tuple-by-tuple). But, Column-Stores give a very good performance for such queries. In PostgreSql, Column-Store could not be built from scratch due to its Row-oriented structure. Thus, we decided to implement Column-Store on top of Row-Store. The design of Column-Store on top of Row-Store is a great challenge because modi cations should be done at proper stages of query pro-cessing to get optimal performance improvement over Row-Store. In our work, we investigated various approaches of implementation of Column-Store on top of Row-Store and found that Vertical Partitioning is most preferred of all due to less complexity and no limitations on the kind of possible read queries. We studied the architecture of PostgreSql. After understanding the intricacies of PostgreSql, query tree formation stage was found to be most suitable for modi cation. The thesis discussed the design and architecture of Column-Store Database System along with its implementation in PostgreSql.
The results show that performance of our Column-Store implementation is very high as compared to Row-Store in queries which access less attributes. Also, relation should consist of large number of attributes. We see that as number of columns accessed increases, the performance of Column-Store degrades which is as expected. This is because number of joins of internal tables increases in such a case which leads to increase in execution time. The same case would be very e cient in Row-Store. But, the idea behind Column-Stores is to use them for speci c applications as described in chapter 3.
www.ijmer.in 155 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
The main focus of this thesis was to implement Column-Store in PostgreSql in a systematic manner so that performance of read- oriented queries becomes better than Row-Store. We have compared Row-Store and Column-Store performance on TPC-H benchmark. The results clearly show that Column-Stores are better than Row-Stores in the cases we expected.
Bibliography
1. Daniel J. Abadi, Samuel R. Madden, Nabil Hachem, Column-Stores vs Row-Stores : How Di erent Are They Really?, Vancouver, BC, Canada, SIG-MOD08, June, 2008. 2. Mike Stonebraker, D. J. Abadi, C-Store : A Column-oriented DBMS, 31st VLDB Conference, Throndhiem, Norway, 2005. 3. D. J. Abadi, Query execution in column-oriented database systems, MIT PHD Dissertation, PhD Thesis, 2008. 4. D. J. Abadi, S. R. Madden, and M. Ferreira, Integrating and execution in column- oriented database systems, SIGMOD, pages 671-682, 2006. 5. D. J. Abadi, D. S. Myers, D. J. DeWitt, and S. R. Madden, Materialization strategies in a column-oriented DBMS, ICDE, pages 466-475, 2007. 6. Stavros Harizopoulos (HP Labs), Daniel Abadi (Yale), Peter Boncz (CWI), 7. Column-Oriented Database Systems, VLDB Tutorial 2009. 8. http://www.postgresql.org/. 9. S. Harizopoulos, V. Liang, D. J. Abadi, and S. R. Madden, Performance trade-o s in read-optimized databases, VLDB, pages 487498, 2006. 10. G. Graefe, E cient columnar storage in b-trees, SIGMOD Rec., 36(1),pages 36, 2007. 11. A. Weininger, E cient execution of joins in a star schema, SIGMOD, pages 542545, 2002. 12. Halverson, J. L. Beckmann, J. F. Naughton, and D. J. Dewitt, A Compar-ison of C- Store and Row-Store in a Common Framework, Technical Report TR1570, University of Wisconsin-Madison, 2006. 13. C-Store source code, http://db.csail.mit.edu/projects/cstore/. 14. R. Ramamurthy, D. Dewitt, and Q. Su. A case for fractured mirrors. In VLDB, pages 89 101, 2002. 15. TPC-H, http://www.tpc.org/tpch/. 16. TPC-H benchmark with postgresql, http://www.fuzzy.cz/en/articles/dss-tpc-h- benchmark-with-postgresql/. 17. TPC-H Result Highlights Scale 1000GB. http://www.tpc.org/tpch/results/tpchresultdetail.asp?id=107102903. 18. Daniel J. Abadi, ColumnStores For Wide and Sparse Data, Conference on Innovative Data Systems Research (CIDR) 710, 2007.
www.ijmer.in 156 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
19. G. Copeland and S. Khosha an, A decomposition storage model, SIGMOD, pages 268279, 1985. 20. S. Harizopoulos, V. Liang, D. J. Abadi, and S. Madden, Performance tradeo s in read-optimized databases, VLDB, pages 487498, 2006. 21. TPC-H Result Highlights Scale 1000GB. http://www.tpc.org/tpch/results/tpch_result_detail.asp?id=107102903 22. Rakesh Agrawal, Amit Somani, and Yirong Xu, Storage and Querying of E- Commerce Data, VLDB, 2001. 23. Gennady Antoshenkov, David B. Lomet, and James Murray, Order preserving compression, ICDE 96, IEEE Computer Society, pages 655663, 1996. 24. Balakrishna R. Iyer and David Wilhite, Data compression support in databases, VLDB 94, pages 695704, 1994. 25. Patrick ONeil and Dallan Quass, Improved query performance with variant indexes, SIGMOD, pages 3849, 1997.
26. Patrick E. ONeil, Elizabeth J. ONeil, and Xuedong Chen, The Star Schema Benchmark (SSB), http://www.cs.umb.edu/poneil/StarSchemaB.PDF. 27. A. Zandi, Balakrishna R. Iyer, and Glen G. Langdon Jr., Sort order preserving data compression for extended alphabets, Data Compression Conference, pages 330339, 1993 28. Jonathan Goldstein, Raghu Ramakrishnan, and Uri Shaft, Compressing re-lations and indexes, ICDE98, pages 370379, 1998. 29. Vertica, http://www.vertica.com/. 30. Peter Boncz, Stefan Manegold, and Martin Kersten, Database architecture optimized for the new bottleneck: Memory access, VLDB, pages 5465, 1999. 31. Setrag Khosha an, George Copeland, Thomas Jagodis, Haran Boral, and Patrick Valduriez, A query processing strategy for the decomposed storage model, ICDE, pages 636643, 1987. 32. Marcin Zukowski, Sandor Heman, Niels Nes, and Peter Boncz, Super-Scalar RAM-CPU Cache Compression, ICDE, 2006. 33. J. Zhou and K. A. Ross, Bu ering database operations for enhanced instruc-tion cache performance, SIGMOD, pages 191202, 2004.
www.ijmer.in 157 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
AHAM BRAHMASMI : I AM BRAHMAN - I AM SPIRIT SOUL
A.V.Krishna Rao Research Scholar Department of Philosophy Pragyan International University, Ranchi
“Religion is the manifestation of Divinity already within man” ------Swami Vivekananda
Meaning
Literally, Aham ( ) means "I"--that which cannot be deserted अहं or abandoned on account of being constant, unavoidable, ever present; Brahman ( ) means ever-full or whole ( is the first case ending म म singular of Brahman); and Asmi ( ) means "am," the first-person अि म singular present tense of the verb " ," "to be." This mah v kya अस ् ā ā belongs to the Brihadaranyaka Upanishad of the Shukla Yajurveda. Brahman is the Infinite Reality, the all encompassing existence in itself; only when the ego dies can this be realized. In this sentence the "I" is not the limited transmigrating ego, the doer and the enjoyer within, and also not the body and the mind. Man (who is a conscious entity) alone has the capacity to improve his present state, to guide his future, to enquire and know the truth, and to free himself from the cycle of birth and death (vidyā adhikāra) through thoughtful actions (karma adhikāra). Vidyāranya in his Panchadasi (V.4) explains:
| वतः पूण ः परा माऽ मश देन व ण तः
- || अ मी यै य परामश ः तेन म भवा यहम ्
www.ijmer.in 158 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
"Infinite by nature, the Supreme Self is described here by the word Brahman (lit. ever expanding; the ultimate reality); the word asmi denotes the identity of aham and Brahman. Therefore, (the meaning of the sentence is) "I am Brahman."
This realization is gained through true enquiry.[2]
In Vaishnavism
Vaishnavas, when they talk about Brahman, usually refer to impersonal Brahman, brahmajyoti (rays of Brahman). Brahman here means God - Narayana, Rama or Krishna. Thus, the real meaning of "aham brahma asmi" is that "I am a drop of Ocean of Consciousness", or "I am soul, part of cosmic spirit, Parabrahman". Here, term Parabrahman is introduced to avoid confusion. If Brahman can mean soul (though, Parabrahman is also the soul, but Supreme one - Paramatma), then Parabrahman should refer to God, Lord Vishnu. Real problem with "aham brahma asmi" is that Brahman also means mahat-tattva - material substance. Lord Krishna says in Bhagavad- Gita: “The total material substance, called Brahman, is the source of birth, and it is that Brahman that I impregnate, making possible the births of all living beings, O son of Bharata.” So, Parabrahman, Ishvara, is the source of Brahman - two energies: conscious Brahman (souls, jiva-atamas or tatastha-shakti) and unconscious Brahman (matter).
Significance
This sentence appears in the Brihadaranyaka Upanishad when the sage, in the context of meditation on the Self, in reply to the query – What did that Brahman know by which It became all? - states:-
www.ijmer.in 159 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
" , , | म वा इदम आसीत ् तदा मनामेवावेत ् अहं मा मी त ; , त मा त सव मभवत ् त यो यो देवानां यबु यत स एव तदभवत ् तदषीणा म ् ,..." तथा मनु याणाम ्
"This (self) was indeed Brahm in the beginning; It knew only Itself as, "I am Brahm". Therefore It became all; and whoever among the gods knew It also became That; and the same with sages and men…” - (Brihadaranyaka Upanishad I.iv.10)
In his comment on this passage Sankara explains that here Brahm is not the conditioned Brahm, that a transitory entity cannot be eternal, that knowledge about Brahm, the infinite all-pervading entity, has been enjoined, that knowledge of unity alone dispels ignorance and that the meditation based on resemblance is only an idea. He tells us the sentence Aham Brahm asmi is the explanation of the mantra –
| पूण मदः पूण मदं पूणा पूण मुद यते
|| पूण य पूण मादाय पूण मेवाव श यते
"That ('Brahm') is infinite, and this ('universe') is infinite; the infinite proceeds from the infinite. (Then) taking the infinitude of the infinite ('universe'), it remains as the infinite ('Brahm') alone." - (Brihadaranyaka Upanishad V.i.1)
He explains that unity and plurality are contradictory only when applied to the Self, which is eternal and without parts, but not to the effects, which have parts.[3] The aham in this sentence is not closed in itself as a pure mental abstraction but it is radical openness. Between
www.ijmer.in 160 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Brahman and aham-brahman lies the entire temporal universe experienced by the ignorant as a separate entity (duality).[4]
There are various kinds of Dharmas in the world. Brahmacharya, Grihasta Dharma, Vaana Prastha Dharma and Sanyasa are known as the Asrama Dharmas. In India, the Varna or Caste Dharma relate to Brahmins, Kshatriya, Vaisyas and Sudras. Man’s life is thus regulated by dharmas. But these above mentioned dharmas are related to the mind only. Enquiry will show that these Dharmas are of minor importance, since they are related to the mind alone.
There is one Dharma which is related to the Atma. It is universal, eternal and thus greater than the Asrama Dharmas. That is the Dharma concerning the consciousness of the “I”. “I” here means Aham. Aham means the Atman which is equal to Brahman. Thus, “Aham Brahmaasmi” means I am the embodiment of divine consciousness.
This Dharma is the inner motivator. It expresses itself as “I” and shines forth in its fullness. It manifests itself in all beings, especially in all human beings. But man does not recognize its effulgence in spite of its presence within him. What is the reason?
Man today has totally identified himself with the body and the world. He has filled with all kinds of worldly attachments and possessions and has forgotten the true nature of his own self as divine. That’s why Jesus says, “Will a person gain anything if he wins the whole world but losses his soul, (Mt 16:26)”. It is only which men gives up the ago sense relating to the body and realizes the role of the Atmic power of the “I” that he would be able to comprehend the principle of divinity within him. Then, how to realize the role of the Atmic power of the “I”?
www.ijmer.in 161 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Clouds which have been caused by the sun hide the sun from view. How then are we to see the sun? We know that sun is there, but is not visible because it is covered by clouds. When the wind blows, the clouds are scattered and the sun is visible again. The fire in a burning piece of charcoal is not visible when it is covered by ashes. The reason is that the ashes, which came out of the fire, have covered the fire. To see the fire we have to remove the ashes. Similarly, we have to remove all that is Angatma. When the Anaatma is cast off, the Atma shines of its own accord, just as the burning charcoal is perceived when the ashes are removed and the sun is perceived when the clouds move away. The Atma is omnipresent. When we want to realize it, we have to get rid of the Anaatma that develops it. As long as one does not experience the atma bhava, then he will be immersed in the anaatma. When the Atma is experienced there is peace. Hence, what man has to seek and acquire is the bliss of the Atma. This Ananda can be experienced through Yoga which means union. Yoga is the unity of the individual with the divine. Yoga means an end to dualism.
Then on understands the true nature of “I” as an omnipresent entity present in every living being. This is the truth of the Vedic declaration, “Aham Brahmaasmi”. To understand what Bahman is one has to understand want “I” is! I am Brahma and Brahman is me. We have to reach this realization. Jesus Christ has reached this realization and identified himself totally with his Father, “My father and I are one”, (Jn 10:30).
However, this kind of identification should not be an artificial exercise. It should come from the heart, deep within. In declaring I am the Divine one should express a genuine and deep experience. One should feel that divine is not separate from him. Instead of that if one merely repeats I am Divine, I am Brahman, it does not bring any
www.ijmer.in 162 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
realization, even a tape recorder can repeat so. It must come from the heart. Antaryamin must be realized deep within the Antah Karana.
Therefore, the Divine should be comprehended by earnest enquiry and a profound inner experience. It should, however, be realized that as long as we live in this phenomenal world and have to perform worldly duties it is not easy to express this total oneness in the Divine. It has to be a gradual process by which the divinization of life is achieved. That is why Jesus, said, “the kingdom of heaven is within you, (Lk 17:21)”. All that we have to de is to realize the divinity within us and others and within every living being. Thus, together with Sri Sankaracharya, we too may comprehend the truth of this greater Dharma, “Aham Brahwaasmi”, because this Dharma protects it and its implications (Dharma Rakshati Rakshithaha).
References
1. Gurumayum Ranjit Sharma (1987). The Idealistic Philosophy of Swami Vivekananda. Atlantic. p. 180. GGKEY:PSWXE5NTFF4.
2. Swami Tejomayananda, Mādhava (1999). Pañcadaśī, chapters 5, 10 and 15. Chinmaya Mission. pp. 9–12. ISBN 978-81-7597- 036-6.
3. The Brhadaranayaka Upanishad. Advaita Ashrama. pp. 98– 105,557,559.
4. Raimundo Panikkar (1994). Mantramañjari. Motilal Banarsidass. pp. 742–743. ISBN 978-81-208-1280-2.
www.ijmer.in 163 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
5. Swami Parmeshwaranand (2000). Encyclopaedic Dictionary of Upanisads. Sarup & Sons. p. 219. ISBN 978-81-7625-148-8.
6. B. N. Krishnamurti Sharma (2000). History of the Dvaita School of Vedānta and Its Literature: From the Earliest Beginnings to Our Own Times. Motilal Banarsidass. p. 609. ISBN 978-81-208-1575-9.
7. Hans Torwesten (January 1994). Vedanta: Heart of Hinduism. Grove/Atlantic. p. 152. ISBN 978-0-8021-3262-8.
www.ijmer.in 164 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
THE RELEVANCE OF SWAMI VIVEKANANDA’S MAN-MAKING EDUCATION IN THE PRESENT CENTURY
Dr. Mallarika Sarkar (Das) Assistant Professor Department of Sociology University of Gour Banga Malda, West Bengal
Abstract: Education is the parameter that separates man from the beast. It is a key need, in today’s world for everyone, anywhere to have a good quality of life. But today’s education is challenging as despite its considerable achievement in the last 60 years, it is still marred by shortcomings. There are certain impediments that still hinder its move towards perfection. To effectively tackle this quandary, what we need is the ‘real education’. Real education is that which prepares a man for struggle of existence. With this end in mind, this paper attempts to assess the relevance of Swami Vivekananda’s educational thoughts and ideals in the 21st century. Vivekananda was against the contemporary education system as it turned men into slaves. He emphasised that education means the process by which character is formed, strength of mind is increased, and intellect is sharpened. For him education was enlightenment. In the conclusion, this paper will suggest recommendations in consideration with Swami Vivekananda’s vision to overcome the present educational problems in India.
Keywords: Character-building, Man-Making, Education, Swami Vivekananda
www.ijmer.in 165 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
Introduction:
19th Century India has produced a galaxy of great men and Swami Vivekananda was one of them. Swami Vivekananda (1863-1902), a great thinker, an educationist and reformer in India, defines education as the manifestation of the perfection already in men. To begin with, we must know what education means. The great philosopher Socrates had said, “Education is not the filling of a vessel but a kindIing of a flame”. The word education itself comes from the word ‘Educaire’ which means to ‘bring up’. If education is viewed as a major instrument of social change, Vivekananda’s contribution to educational thought is of paramount importance. He did not write a book on education per se, but his thoughts on meaning and aims of education are no doubt relevant today and will remain relevant for the centuries to come. Swami Vivekananda long realised that mankind is passing through a crisis and the predicament will keep on escalating in due course of time. The moral and religious values values are getting degraded, social fabric is getting weaker. The tremendous emphasis on scientific and mechanical ways of life is fast reducing man to money making machines. He seeks the solution of all these problems through education, the kind of education through which the moral values can be developed among the students so that they need a moral life. So the development of moral values is the primary task of education. This is only possible by implementing Vivekananda’s man-making education. According to Swami Vivekananda, a country’s future depends on its people, stating that ‘ man-making is my mission’.
Objectives of the study
1. To study the major aims of education according to Swami Vivekananda.
www.ijmer.in 166 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
2. To assess the relevance of Vivekananda’s educational thoughts and ideals in the present century.
Methodology
The study was based on historical work. Many books, reviews, journals and monographs were referred during the study period.
Research Questions
The researcher has conducted the study on the basis of the following research questions:
1. What is education, accorording to Vivekananda?
2. What are the drawbacks of present education system according to Vivekananda?
3. Whar are the aims or goals of education according to Vivekananda?
4. What is the relevance of Vivekananda’s Man-Making education in the present educational system?
Analysis
Swami Vivekananda’s educational thoughts and ideals have been influenced by his philosophy of life. Man-making education is a very comprehensive concept. His man-making education is based on the Vedantic philosophy of his life, particularly the Advaita Philosophy which says that in lowest worm as well as in highest human being the same divine nature is present. Vedanta philosophy considers that: (a) Every individual should understand that the ultimate goal of life is to
www.ijmer.in 167 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
attain ‘unity with creator’. (b) Service to man is equated to service to God beacause God resides in every human heart. Hence, man should foster the spirit of service to his fellow beings. (c) Man should develop an attitude of respect towards all religions and should understand that no religion is superior or inferior. Vivekananda preached that truth is the basis of all religions and hence we must always practice tolerance towards other religions. (d) Man should imbibe love for all and hatred for none since love is the highest good of all religions. (e) Man should attain the knowledge of science and spirituality and should develop a rational attitude in life. According to Vedanta, the essance of a man lies in his soul, which he possess in addition to his body and mind. Every soul is the source of indefinite knowledge. Every human being is born with an endless range of abilities and talents, known and unknown to him. These potentialities, which are lying dormant needs to be awakened through education. The implementation of Swamiji’s ‘man- making education’ appears to be the messiah to solve most of the problems facing the country. He believed that the development of a nation is not possible without real education. In true with his (vedanta) philosophy, the cardinal definition of education given by him was ‘Education is the manifestation of perfection already in men’. His definition of education is one of remarkable insight. Three important messages, crop up from the statement, Manifestation, Perfection and Already in Man. Something is said to be manifested when it finds an expression. The main focus in learning is to make the hidden ability of a learner manifest. The question that arises is what is to be manifested? Swamaji talks about manifestation of perfection. The aim of education is to manifest in our lives the perfection, which is the very nature of our inner self. This perfection is the realization of infinite power that resides in everything and every-where-existence, consciousness and bliss. The perfection or divinity in man should find expression as a result of education. ‘Already in Man’ is the key principle in the statement. The perfection that is to be manifested, as
www.ijmer.in 168 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
said by Swamaji, is already in man. This refers to a human being’s potential, which refers to a range of abilities and talents, knowm or unknown that he was born with. It is through the process of education, that we realise the perfectness within. ‘Potential ‘ speaks of the possibility of awakening something that is lying dormant. A child has many potentials of variable worth. Therefore he has to learn to choose which he should try to develop, and which he should minimise, counter and ignore. Then again, as his chosen potentials starts to unfold, they should be supervised in order to achieve their harmonious development. According to Vivekananda, man-making stands for rousing man to the awareness of his true self, making him rely always on his innate spiritual strength. However education thus signified does not point to the development of soul in isolation from body and mind. Therefore man-making for him is the harmonious development of body, mind and soul, a total development of human personality. He advocated education for self development and therefore national development.
Vivekananda’s philosophy of Education:
According to Vivekananda, all Knowledge is within the individual: Knowledge is inherent within the individual himself. No knowledge comes from outside. The individual finds out this knowledge by experiencing it within himself. Perfection is inherent in everyone. The soul is the souce of infinite knowledge. It is the function of education to lead one to perfection, to uncover the knowledge hidden in our mind. The discovery will help the expansion and enrichment of the soul. Therefore, education should be made available to all. Thus according to Vivekananda, education is spontaneous.
The Child Furthers its own Development: Swami Vivekananda says the child furthers his own development and does not depend on others. He regards the child as the pivotal point of education and says
www.ijmer.in 169 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
that everyone develops according to his own nature. In this sense, he supported the idea of Swadharma in education. Therefore a child should be given freedom to grow according to his own nature, as freedom is the first requirement od self development.
Education according to the nature and need of the child: In order to make education useful, it must be according to the nature and need of the child. Swamiji says, “ their needs should be determined in terms of tendencies inherent in children and not according to what the parents of the children think.” The teacher should not exert any type of pressure on the child. The task of the teacher is only to help the child to manifest his knowledge by removing the obstacles in its way.
The Ability of Concentration is the Essence of Education: For the acquision of knowledge, concentration or attention is very necessary. But however, everyone do not have the same power of concentration. For this reason, Swamiji emphasises that the mind of the students has to be controlled and trained through meditation, yoga and practice of ethical purity. He emphasises that more the power of concentration, the greater the amount of knowledge that an individual can acquire. By his philosophy of education, Swamiji thus emphasises that education is not a mere accumulation of information, but a comprehensive training for life.
Drawbacks: He was against the contemporary educational system. The main problem of the Indian education is the way it is imparted and its reach. Vivekananda points out that the defect of present day education is that it has no definite goal to pursue. A sculptor has a clear idea of what he wants to shape out of the marble block, similarly a painter knows what he is going to paint. But a teacher, he says, has no clear idea about the goal if his teaching. Swamaji attempts to establish, through his works and deeds, that the end of all education is’ man-
www.ijmer.in 170 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
making’. He thought it a pity that the existing education system was unable to make a person stand on his own feet, nor did it teach him self-confidence and self-respect. He further stated that the education, the children are now receiving in schools and colleges are only making them a race of dyspeptics, making them to work like machines. It failed them to prepare men for struggle for existence. The education system in India is more memory based and less activity based. The present day educators are making the children cram like parrots and fill their brains with lot of subjects. The mind is thus crammed with facts before it knows how to think. Condemning the theoretical education, he spoke for practical education. Swami Vivekananda said, “Education is not the amount of information that is put into brain and runs riot there, undigested, all your life.” If education is identical with information, the libraries are the greatest sages in the world and encyclopedias are the rishis, says Swami Vivekananda. Vivekananda says, ‘education is a personal contact with the teacher’ (Gurugrihavasa). A teacher must be dedicated to teaching profession with a view to render selfless service. He should have an attitude of renunciation, love his students, sympathise and empathise at their difficulties, teach according to the abilities, needs and interests of them and finally contribute to their spiritual development. He should be a philosopher, guide, friend for creating a real man. Vivekananda wants teacher to provide the proper environment to enable the child grow naturally. Vivekananda’s method of education resembles the heuristic method of the modern educationists. In this system, the teacher should invoke a spirit of enquiry in the student, who is supposed to find out things by himself. Self-learning is the real education. At the same time, a student should have an inclination and eagerness to learn, should have control over his senses, an observer of celibacy. The ideal of all education, all training should be man-making.He stressed that the aim of higher education must be to solve the problems of life, it must prepare a man for struggle of existence. Swami Vivekananda had said, "The education which does
www.ijmer.in 171 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
not help the common mass of people to equip themselves for the struggle for life, which does not bring out strength of character, a spirit of philanthropy, and the courage of a lion ... is it worth the name? To Vivekananda, education was not simply collection of information; rather he advocated for an education system that should be man- making, life-giving, character-building and assimilation of ideas. This ideal education would produce an awakened person, an integrated person. He defined education as the ‘development of faculty, not an accumulation of words’. This is the real education. Indeed the goal of man making education is to build inner strength and a strong character that guides an individual to make a meaningful and a contented life.
Religion plays an instrumental role in this man-making. To him, religion is the realization of the best and strongest powers within oneself, the inner most core of education. By religion he does not mean any paricular kind of it but its essential nature, which is the realization of divinity already in man. He reminds us that religion does not consist in dogmas or creeds or any set of rituals. To be religious for him is to lead life in such a way that we manifest our own nature, truth, goodness and beauty in our thoughts, words and deeds. All impulses, thoughts and actions which leads one towards this goal are naturally ennobling and harmonising. He pleaded for unity of world religion and realised truth while practising religion. It is in this context, that Swamiji’s idea of religion as the basis of education should be understood. Therefore religious education is a vital part of sound curriculum. Swamiji believes that if education with its religious core can invigorate man’s faith in his divine nature and the infinite potentialities of the human soul, it is sure to help men become strong, yet sympathetic and tolerant.
Swami Vivekananda recommends the following major aims of man- making education:
www.ijmer.in 172 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
Swami Vivekananda says, ‘ The end of all education, all training should be man-making. The end and aim of all training is to make the man grow’. He opined that, ‘ education should lay proper emphasis on creativity, originality and excellence’. Real education aims at the creation of self-confidence and self-realization, formation of character, development of personality, service of mind and the promotion of universal brotherhood. Firstly, man-making education should aim at removing the veil ignorance from our mind and make us realise what actually we are. Man should therefore have full confidence in himself and strive to reach the highest goal of his life. Secondly, man-making education implies that education should build character, the very basis for self-development. It should aim at sublimating the evil tendencies of our mind. To become divine (great), man must give up jealousy, suspicion, conceit and tearn to work unitedly for the common good. It is the task of educators to present high ideals before the students. The best way to develop a character is the personal example of a ‘role model’ set by the teacher. He told that purity, patience and perseverence overcome all obstacles. He emphasises that child should practice Brahmacharya, which fosters the development of mental, moral or spiritual powers leading to purity of thought, words and deeds. Further, he wants to strengthen the mind and expand the intellect of the child through education. This is because he believes that character, strong mind and sharp intellect prepare the child to lead a better life. Thirdly, real education should aim at the development of personality. It is the personality of man that impresses us and not merely his words. “According to Vivekananda, personality is two-third and his intellect and words are only one-third in making the real man”. According to him, development of good personality in every human being is very essential for nation-building. The ideal of all education should be this man-making, because it is through this kind of education that we can become good citizen for our national development. Another important aim of education is to instill the spirit of social service in man.
www.ijmer.in 173 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
According to Vivekananda, an important teaching he received from Ramakrishna was that ‘Jiva is Shiva’ (each individual is divinity itself). So he stressed on Shiva Jnane Jiva Seva, (to serve common people considering them as manifestation of God). According to Vivekananda, man is potentially Divine, so, service to man is indeed service to God. Vikenanda’s guru, Sri Ramakrishna, used to say that Manush needs to become man-hush, i.e. a man needs to become a true man. Following his master, Vivekananda emphasised that the ideal of all education should be man-making. This implies that education should instill a spirit of service. In swamiji’s own words, ‘if you want to find God, serve man’. He was deeply distressed by the utter poverty and backwardness of the people of our country. Selflessness is the essance of Indian philosophy and its main concern is “ Sarvajana Sukhino Bhavantu” (Happiness for all) and education’s function is to serve this end. Thus, the most important aim of education is inculcating the spirit of selfless service in man. Swamiji further said that it is through education that we should gradually reach the idea of universal brotherhood by breaking down the walls of inequality and seperation. He said that in every man, resides the omnipresent and omniscient soul. The difference is not in the soul, but in its manifestation. He insisted that education must call forth this power in every man and broaden it to such an extent that it may cover the whole world.
According to Vivekananda, in order to make our students moral human being in his scheme of education, school curriculum plays a very important role. He insisted that the school curriculum should include all those fields, necessary for the holistic development of body, mind and soul. He therefore advocated value based school curriculum. The studies, he insisted, can be brought under the broad heads of physical culture, aesthetics, classics, language, religion, science and technology. He advocated the inclusion of all these subjects in the curriculum as they foster material prosperity as well as spiritual growth and
www.ijmer.in 174 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
development. He also laid special emphasis on physical education in the sense that a sound physique beholds sound mind. As regards to medium of instuction, he strongly advocated for mother-tongue. He wanted to Indianise Indian education and was a revivalist of Indian cultural tradition and values. Above all he wanted that the curriculum should suit the needs and requirement of the masses.
Relevance:
Education at present have many grave problems. In the first place it is not a man-making education, on the contrary it is entirely a negative education. The main problem with the education system at present is the way it is imparted and its reach. This education system is contrary to Indian culture. Todays education not only neglects the training of mind but also negates all spiritual values. Unfortunately education has become a buissness today, producing only money making machines. It is unable to make a person stand on his own feet, does not make our will strong, does not make the person fit to face challenges in life.It only begets the feeling of lust and selfishness at every moment. The present day educators are making the children cram like parrots and fill their brains with lot of subjects. The mind is thus crammed with facts before it knows how to think. The modern student is not practical, he is unable to think and work for himself. It does not teach self control and fails to instill the values of truth, honesty, love, compassion which makes one a true human being. Furthermore, our children have lost their politeness and character. Irreverence has become the sign of liberty. The selfishness and the materialistic attitude are responsible for all the evils in society. Education, in the present times is merely a tool to gain a financially secure future. Though financial security is the basic need of life, it cannot be the end goal of education. To effectively tackle this quandary, what we need today is to implement Swamiji’s educationational thoughts and ideals. We want that education by which
www.ijmer.in 175 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
character is formed, strength of mind is increased and intellect is expanded. In short, the educational pattern should become human value oriented. The end of all education should be man-making. Only Vivekananda’s man-making education can bring about this total transformation. Towards this end, the present educational system needs to be restructured.
One of the most significant contributions of Swami Vivekananda is his interpretation of religion and spirituality as the core of the education. To him religion is as scientific as science, and therefore religion and science do not contradict each other but are complementary.
Recommendation:
Implementation of Swami Vivekananda’s man-making education is the need of the hour. To this end, education system in India needs thorough revamping. For sustainable development, empowering of all the youth is a precondition. Swamiji told “each soul is potentially divine. Every member of the society should have the same access to achieve wealth, education and knowledge” because individuals are the very constituents of society. In order to enable the student to enjoy learning and to improve the quality of education, the first and foremost task would be to reduce the burden of syllabus, to make it more relevant and scientific so that the students get prepared to face the modern challenges. At the same time the evaluation process needs to be reviewed, i.e pass marks should be near to the full marks so that every student is at par with each other. Teaching method is to be oriented as if with mother’s care, catering to the needs of each and every student. Secondly, to combat the terrible unemployment problem in India, vocational training must be included in the school level so that every student become skilled worker at the same time with formal education. Every student should develop the best efficiency. With this veiw, the
www.ijmer.in 176 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
learning has to be fully assimilated, is is only then that perfection can be attained. Thirdly, in order to bring about the holistic development in a child, the study and practice of fine arts with particular consideration of dance, music and painting must be included in the school level. Fourthly, our present education should be more humanistic and based on Indian values to bring about the moral development of each and every person.
References:
1. Bharathi, S.V., (2011), Educational Philosophy of Swami Vivekananda, Discovering Publishing House, New Delhi 2. Johri, P.K., (2005), Educational Thought, Anmol Publications PVT. LTD, New Delhi 3. Nair, V.K.Sukumaran., (1987), Swami Vivekananda: The Educators, Sterling Publisher (P) LTD, New Delhi 4. Pani, S.P & Patnaik, S.K., (2006), Vivekananda, Aurobindo, and Gandhi on Education, Anmol Publications PVT.LTD, New Delhi 5. Rangachari, D., (2011), Swami Vivekananda: A Man with a Vision, Penguine Publication, UK 6. Rolland, R., (1992), The Life of Vivekananda and the Universal Gospel, trans. from French by E.F. Malcolm- Smith, Calcutta: Advaita Ashram, Calcutta 7. Ruhela, S.P & Nayak, R.F., (2011), Philosophical and Sociological Foundations of Education, Agrawal Publication, Agra 8. Siddiqui, M.H., (2009), Philosophical and Sociological Perspectives in Education., APH Publishing Corporation, New Delhi 9. Singh, Y.K., (2007), Philosophical Foundation of Education, APH Publishing Corporation, New Delhi 10. Sudharma, J., (2009), Educational Thoughts of Swami Vivekananda, Crescent Publishing Corporation, New Delhi
www.ijmer.in 177 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
A TRIBUTE TO DR. A.P.J. ABDUL KALAM
Dr. Syed Mujahid Faculty of English. V. S. University P.G. Centre Kavali. A.P. “Ask not what your country can do for you, ask what you can do for your country”.
-- John F. Kennedy.
Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam did everything for the country till his last breath. He is a great Indian selfless human being after Mahatma Gandhi, who led us with inspiration and motivation to improve and develop India at par with developed nations. After Independence no Indian has ever thought more than A.P.J. Kalam on the future, development and unity of our country.
He was a man of principles, priceless Ratna of India, scientist, dedicated citizen, a true statesman, a people’s President, the Missile man Architect of India, Father of nuclear India, a leader of the people, a youth icon, a great patriot, visionary scholar, writer, and above all the only selfless person for whom his countrymen’s bright future alone was his dream. He tried to generate a new confidence and enthusiasm among the present generation about this glorious country.
He was a true human being in all respects, more often he respected and worshipped poor and common person of India, there was no politics or no religion in his actions, speech and deeds. As Lord Krishna said he was a true karma yogi, and always loved his motherland always and spends his entire life for the betterment and progress of the nation.
www.ijmer.in 178 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
Born on 15th October 1931 at Rameswaram, Tamil Nadu in a poor religious muslim family, Dr. Avul Pakir Jainulabdeen Abdul Kalam (A P J Abdul Kalam) imbibed the glorious Islamic qualities of tolerance and universal brotherhood from his pious father Zainulabideen who was the imam of the local mosque in Rameswaram and his mother Ashiamma, a house wife. His long association with Lakshmana Sastry, the head priest of the Ramanatha Swamy Temple, Pramukh Swami, the Hindu guru of the BAPS Swami Narayana Sampradaya and a church priest in Rameswaram instilled in him the interfaith respect, humanism, dialogue and cooperation. This made him read the holy books - the Bhagavad Gita, the Quran, and the Bible with the same devotion. In his address to Parliament he expressed his strong conviction to bring about a unity of minds among the divergent traditions of India. Describing Kalam as a unifier of diverse traditions, the congress leader Shashi Tharoor stated, “Kalam was a complete Indian, an embodiment of the eclecticism of India’s heritage of diversity.” The BJP leader Sri. L.K. Advani concurred that Kalam was “the best exemplar of the Idea of India, one who embodied the best of all the cultural and spiritual traditions that signify India’s unity in immense diversity.”
Kalam specialized in Aeronautical Engineering from Madras Institute of Technology. He made significant contribution as Project Director to develop India's first indigenous Satellite Launch Vehicle (SLV-III) which successfully injected the Rohini satellite in the near earth orbit in July 1980 and made India an exclusive member of Space Club. He was responsible for the evolution of ISRO's launch vehicle programme, particularly the PSLV configuration. He came to be known as the "Missile Man of India" for his work on the development of the nation's ballistic missile and launch vehicle technology.
www.ijmer.in 179 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
Heir to the vision of Professor Vikram Sarabhai, who set India on a course of a social-economic oriented space program, Dr. Kalam was the man who raised India's eyes to the stars, and raised India to join the community of space faring nations. One of the true statesmen of our generation, Dr. Kalam served as the 11th President (25th July 2002 – 25th July 2007) of the world's largest democratic country, and was regarded as one of the greatest minds, visionaries, and peacemakers of the 21st century, articulating his visions to a new generation.
Kalam received honorary doctorates from 40 Universities. The Government of India has honourned him with the Padma Bhushan in 1981 and the Padma Vibhushan in 1990 for his work with ISRO and DRDO and his role as a scientific advisor to the Indian Government. In 1997, Kalam received India’s highest civilian honour, the Bharat Ratna, for his contribution to the scientific research and modernization of defence technology in India. Kalam was the third President of India to have been honoured with a Bharat Ratna before becoming the President. Dr. Sarvepalli Radha Krishnan (1954) and Dr. Zakir Hussain (1963) were the earlier recipients of Bharat Ratna who later became the President of India. In 2013, Kalam received the Von Braun Award from the International Space Society.
Kalam always believed that science should be applied for the greater good of mankind rather than in a commercial sense. Kalam also penned a popular book, “India 2020”, where he laid foundation for the vision to see a developed India by the year 2020. His thoughts and words of inspirational quotes are very famous among youngsters who dream of reaching heights in life. Some of his famous quotes :
If you want to shine like a Sun First burn like a Sun by igniting your mind. If a country is to be corruption free and
www.ijmer.in 180 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
become a nation of beautiful minds, I strongly feel there are three key societal members who can make a difference. They are the father, the mother and the teacher. All birds find shelter during a rain but the Eagle avoids rain by flying above the clouds. Let us sacrifice our today so that our children can have a better tomorrow. You have to dream before your dreams can come true. Man needs his difficulties because they are necessary to enjoy success. Life is a difficult game. you can win it only by retaining your birthright to be a person. Look at the sky. We are not alone. The whole universe is friendly to us and conspires only to give the best to those who dream and work. The entire student community of India is heavily motivated by Kalam’s many speeches and interactions.
As a humanist, the glorious personality of Kalam is revealed in a simple but remarkable incident. When he was the science administrator in DRDO, Kalam’s assistant asked for permission to leave the office at 5 p.m. to keep the promise he made to his children to take them to an exhibition. Kalam assigned him some work and asked him to go home after completing the work. It was 8 p.m. by the time he completed the assignment. The man went home and found that children were not there. His wife told him that Kalam came to their house and took the children to the exhibition. What happened is Kalam saw his assistant deeply immensed in the work and his love for children is so immense that he didn’t want to disappoint the children. He knows the little pleasures of the little children. So he went to his assistant’s
www.ijmer.in 181 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 OLUME SSUE ULY V 5, I 7(5), J 2016
house and took his children to the exhibition. This type of gesture goes a long way in human relations. What a remarkable man Kalam is … !
He is an extraordinary personality who has inspired millions in the world. In his ordinary lifestyle, he could have a vision for the future of the mankind. Such great souls come to earth rarely to resurrect positive attitude to life and inculcate the spirit of karma in the minds of the masses.
Let me conclude with the words of Dr. A P J Abdul Kalam -- “For any success start with a risk, then the human mind gets ignited and working capacity enhances manifold. With effort and perseverance you will succeed. Breath in thoughts of success, and you will be a success.” The great soul departed at the age of 83.
“The role model dies, but the impact he left on us won't die”.
www.ijmer.in 182 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
CATHARANTHUS ROSEUS (SADABAHAR) FLOWERS INCORPORATED CHOCOLATES AS A HYPOGLYCEMIC PRODUCT
Geetika Aman Lakhvinder Kaur student of M.Sc Assistant Professor of (Nutrition and Dietetics) Nutrition and Dietetics Faculty of Applied Science Faculty of Applied Science Manav Rachna International Manav Rachna International University University Faridabad, India Faridabad, India
Gurjeet Kaur Chawla Associate Professor of Nutrition and Dietetics Faculty of Applied Science Manav Rachna International University, Faridabad, India
Abstract
Catharanthus roseus (sadabahar) is widely used in Indian Ayurvedic medicine belonging to Apocynacae family and have been used for their alleged health benefits and avail their hypoglycaemic effect that is used as medicine for the treatment of diabetes mellitus. Also due the presence of more than 300 different alkaloids this plant is used in the treatment of various diseases like blood pressure, asthma, constipation, cancer and menstrual problems etc. Cocoa solids as a rich source of flavonoids and alkaloids helps to reduce insulin resistance. Chocolate bar of 50gm was developed using standardized recipe with the incorporation of 10gm of C.Roseus flower powder separately and stevia in dark chocolate compound. Acceptability appraisal through organoleptic evaluation was carried out by trained as well as the untrained panel member. Comprising 10 trained panellists and 10 untrained panellists from Manav Rachna International University . Hedonic scale and Composite score card was used as a medium to know about the product acceptability at various varience. Evaluation of
www.ijmer.in 183 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Phyto chemical analysis of the chocolate was also done .The overall result revealed that Product was acceptable in regard to all the attributes and the presence of flavonoid and phenols.The amount of flavonoid content was high in the chocolate and showed that product was high in nutritional value and antioxidant properties.
I.INTRODUCTION
All over the world, Diabetes mellitus is increasing. India presently has the largest number of people with Diabetes mellitus [1].Though many new oral hypoglycaemia agents are now available, there is a great difficulty in choosing the right medication for longer period either due to side effects or due to the lack of response. Herbal drugs are wildly used in many parts of the world to cure various diseases. Nowadays the usage of natural products has increased and plant extracts are screened for new drug inventions [2-4]. Growing demand for herbal medicines is due to their effectiveness, minimal side effects and economical aspects. The plant Catharanthus roseus is popularly known as periwinkle in India.
The medicinal properties of this plant have been described in the Ayurveda [5]. From centuries it has been cultivated as an ornamental throughout the tropics and occasionally in the subtropics. Catharanthus Roseus grows throughout India and is found as an escape in waste places and sandy tracts. More than 130 different compounds have been reported including about 100 monoterpenoid indole alkaloids [6]. There are about two common cultivars of C. roseus which is named on the basis of their flower colour that is the Pink flowered “Rosea” and the White flowers “Alba”. It is an evergreen sub shrub or herbaceous plant growing up to 1 m tall. The leaves are oval to oblong, 2.5-9 cm long and 1-3.5cm broad, glossy green, hairless, with a pale
www.ijmer.in 184 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
midrib and a short petiole 1-1.8 cm long; they are arranged in opposite pairs.[8]
C.Roseus contains a virtual cornucopia of useful alkaloids that are used in the treatment of various diseases like diabetes, blood pressure, asthma, constipation, and cancer and menstrual problems etc. The leaves of C.roseus possess the properties of carbohydrate, flavonoid, and saponin. Most potentially active chemical constituents of Catharanthus roseus being Alkaloids.
The alkaloids like Vinblastin, Vindesine, Vindeline etc. are mainly present in aerial parts of this plant whereas Rosindin a pigment found in the flower of C. Roseus. Flavonoid are majorly present in C.roseus flowers.
The alkaloids shows various properties related to health of the individuals. Apart from this the Stems and leaves of C.roseus have enormous amount of phyto chemical constituents. Majorly phenols and flavonoids.[9].
Dark chocolates are good source of antioxidants and contains high amount of flavanols.The types of flavonoids found in chocolate are flavanols. The concentration of flavanols in any chocolate depends on both the flavanol content of the cacao plant and the procedures used for transforming the cocoa into chocolate. The regulation of nitric oxide (NO) production by the flavanols present in dark chocolate could explain its effects on insulin sensitivity. [10] Daily dark chocolate consumption of 20 grams per day helps to increase the sensitivity to insulin. This is important for blood glucose control. Dark chocolate helps blood vessels healthy and circulation unimpaired to protect against type II diabetes. The Presence of flavonoids in dark chocolate helps to reduce insulin resistance by helping cells to function normally
www.ijmer.in 185 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
and regain the ability to use body's insulin efficiently and won't cause huge spikes in blood sugar levels.[11]
In the present study Catharanthus flower powder was obtained and was incorporated in sugar free dark chocolate compound along with the stevia drops to see its sensory acceptability and phyto-chemical analysis of chocolate.
2.Material and Method
2.1. Sample Description: Catharanthus roseus fresh flowers were collected from the main campus of Manav Rachna International University Faridabad. The leaves were washed thoroughly with tap water followed with sterilized distilled water for the removal of dust and sand particles. Drying of flower was done through oven drying method at 100ºc for 4-5 hours Chocolate bar of 50gm for diabetic patients was made in which 10gm of catharanthus roseus flower powder was incorporated along with stevia drop.
2.2. Panel Selection and Training: Food product development and its acceptability appraisal through organoleptic evaluation was carried out by trained as well as untrained panelists comprising 10 each from the department of Manav Rachna International University, Faridabad. For the Selection of Trained Panellists the screening of 25 subjects were done out of which 10 panelists were selected on the basis of Sensitivity threshold test. The test was conducted by using 3 dilutions of sweet, salt and sour sensations. The members were asked to taste the solution and give the description of taste accordingly and 10 panelists were selected on the basis of sensitivity threshold test.
2.3. Outcome Measures. The panelists performed organoleptic appraisal by Hedonic test as well as Composite Score card to assess the overall
www.ijmer.in 186 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
product preference. Evaluation of appearance, taste, color, texture ,aroma, mouthfeel and overall acceptability was measured.
2.4. Statistical Analysis. The data were subjected to statistical analysis using Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS) .Mean ± SD was used to obtain the differences in organoleptic scores, within different levels of incorporation of Catharanthus roseus flower in developed chocolate .The result showed non significance p>0.05 .
3. Results
3.1. Organoleptic Evaluation. Sugar free incorporated chocolate with Catharanthus roseus (Sadabahar) fresh leaves was found to be organoleptically satisfactory
Table1. Sensory Evaluation of by trained panelist.
Mean Score ATTRIBUTE APPEARNANCE 17.0±2.53 TEXTURE 8.6±0.69 COLOUR 8.90±0.31 TASTE 18.4±0.69 AROMA 8.3±0.48 MOUTH FEEL 8.4±0.699 OVERALLACCEPTABIITY 18.30±0.67 All values found to be non significant
Table 1.1 Following table depicts the composite mean score of chocolate.
www.ijmer.in 187 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
The overall mean score of the developed chocolate revealed that in reference to above attributes ie appearance, texture, colour, taste, aroma, mouthfeel the chocolate was acceptable but showed non significant result and its overall acceptability was 18.30±0.67 by the trained panelists through composite scoring. Non significant difference was found in scores for organoleptic characteristics of developed chocolate.
Table 1.1 SENSORY EVALUATION UNTRAINED PANELIST
ATTRIBUTE Mean Score
APPEANANCE 8.5±0.52
TEXTURE 8.1±0.87
COLOUR 8.3±0.48
TASTE 8.3±0.94
AROMA 7.70±0.67
MOUTH FEEL 7.90±0.87
OVERALL ACCEPTABILITY 8.50±0.52
All values found to be non significant
Table 1.2 The overall mean score of the developed chocolate revealed that in reference to above attributes ie appearance, texture, colour, taste, aroma, mouthfeel the chocolate was acceptable but showed non significant result and its overall acceptability was 8.50±0.52 by the trained panelists through hedonic scoring. Non significant difference was found in scores for organoleptic characteristics of developed
www.ijmer.in 188 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
chocolate .and .its overall acceptability was 8.50±0.52 by the untrained panellists by Hedonic score rating.
3.2. Nutritive Evaluation: Phyto chemical analysis was developed chocolate was done in which the test for total phenolic content as well as total flavonoid was analysed .
1 .PHYTO CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF FLOWER CHOCOLATE
a) TOTAL PHENOLIC CONTENT
SAMPLE mg/100gm
A: Flower chocolate 3.8
The table 4.3 shows that the amount of total phenolic content present in flower chocolate was 3.8mg/100gm
b) TOTAL FLAVONOID CONTENT
SAMPLE mg/100gm
Flower chocolate 142
The table 4.4 shows that the amount of total flavonoids content present in Flower chocolate was 142mg/100gm
4 .SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
The present study was conducted to develop Catharanthus Roseus (Sadabahar) flower incorporated sugarfree chocolates. The purpose of
www.ijmer.in 189 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
the study was to determine its overall acceptability and to access its phyto chemical analysis.
The medicinal properties of this plant have been described in the Ayurveda. More than 400 kinds of Alkaloids at various parts of the plant. These alkaloids help in curing different diseases eg. hypertension, constipation, ulcerative problems etc. Majorly it helps in controlling the blood sugar level among the diabetic patients.
Drying of Cathranthus Roseus leaves were done to obtain powder which were incorporated in dark sugar free chocolate compound along with the stevia drops. Sensory evaluation of the chocolate was done by the panelists and were asked to score the chocolate on the bases of taste, appearance, flavour, texture, mouth feel, aroma and overall acceptability . Results revealed that the developed chocolate was found to be organoleptically acceptable by both the panel members with the overall mean score of 18.30±0.67 by the trained panelists and 8.50±0.52 by the un trained panelists.Whereas the the phyto chemical analysis revealed the presence of phenols and flavonoid in the developed chocolate in which the total phenolic content was 4.5 mg/100gm whereas the flavonoid content was 138mg/100gm .As a result it showed that the developed chocolate was highly acceptable with high nutritional value and antioxidant properties.
Therefore it can be easily incorporated into one’s daily diet regime and thus, this holds great promise for future research for the formulation of potent antidiabetic drug for the present plant.
BIBLOGRAPHY
1. Shaw J. E., De Courten M. P., Zimma P. Z.,Diabetes in new Millennium, The
www.ijmer.in 190 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
2. Endocrinology & Diabetic Research Foundation of University of Sydney. 1999, 1-9. 3. Shridhar G. R., Psycho social and cultural issues in diabetic mellitus, Current Science 2002,83- 91. 4. Alberti KG, Zimmet PZ. New diagnostic Criteria and Classification of diabetesagain. Diabetes Med.1998;15:535 5. Valiathan MS. Healing plants. Curr Sci. 1998;75:112–6. 6. 5.Pereira DM, Faria J,Valentao P, Sottomayor M, Andrade PB .Exploiting Catharanthus roseus roots: source of antioxidants.Journal of Food Chemistry 2010 ;6:235–242. 7. Muralidharan L. Beneficial effects of Aegle marmelos leaves on blood glucose levels and body weight changes in alloxaninduced diabetic rats. 2014; 2 (4):46-49. 8. Bailey LJ, Day C. Traditional plant medicine as treatment for diabetes. Diab Care. 1989; 12: 553-564. 9. Don G. Catharanthus roseus. In: Ross IA, editor. Medicinal Plants of the World. Totowa: Human Press; 1999. pp. 109–18. 10. Gurib-Fakim A, Brendler T. Medicinal and aromatic plants of Indian Ocean Islands.2004: 568 11. Miller KB, Hurst WJ,Payne MJ,Stuart DA, Apgar J, Sweigart DS, Ou B. Impact of Alkalization on the Antioxidant and Flavanol Content of Commercial Cocoa Powders. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 2008; 56(18):8527. 12. 11.Haritha K, Kalyani L ,Lakshmana Rao A. Health Benefits of Dark Chocolate Journal of Advanced Drug Delivery 2014; 1(4); 184-195
www.ijmer.in 191 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
EFFECT OF CIRCUIT TRAINING ON THE SPORTS PERFORMANCE OF VOLLEYBALL PLAYERS
Mr.Bheemappa. E. Arakera Lecturer Shree H.S.Patil College of Physical Education Talikoti, Vijayapur
Abstract
The study on tanning methods which effect on the performance of the sports players and know the importance of the training methods in the field of sports, know the need of the study, how to improve the sports players performance by the advanced training methods. In this present study the investigator tried to test the effect of circuit training on the sports performance of Volleyball players, the investigator hypotheses was that There would be a significant effect of circuit training on the sports performance the objectives of the study was to assess the positive effect of circuit training on the motor fitness of sports players, the sample fifty Volleyball players were selected for this research study the sample chosen from the Vijayapur district, Karnataka. The research design of the study was five weeks cycle of circuit training for Volleyball players, the researcher taken pre and post tests of speed, endurance, agility, strength & flexibility. before and after the training session, the data was collected and statistically analyzed by using the statistical techniques like mean, sd, t test to test the prove the research hypothesis. The results of the study also proving the research hypothesis and the result shows that there was positive effect on the sports performance of volleyball players of the Vijayapur District.
Key words:Circuit Training Method, Sports Performance.
Introduction
Circuit Training is a variation of Interval Training. It is a very old tactic, some might say it’s out-dated, but people still practice it and get
www.ijmer.in 192 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
fantastic results. It is ideal for when you are trying to cut fat while continuing to build muscle. Circuit training is where you do a cardio activity, then periodically, you do a bodyweight activity. A example would be, jog for 1 minute, do 10 push-ups, then jog for again repeating the cycle for 20-40 minutes. In circuit training, there aren’t really suggested times or reps you should do, that is really up to what you are able to endure. Circuit training is an excellent way to improve mobility, strength and stamina. The circuit training comprises of 6 to 10 strength exercises that are completed one exercise after another. Each exercise is performed for a specified number of repetitions or for a set time before moving on to the next exercise. The exercises within each circuit are separated by a short rest period, and each circuit is separated by a longer rest period. The total number of circuits performed during a training session may vary from two to six depending on your training level (beginner, intermediate, or advanced), your period of training (preparation or competition) and your training objective. Looking for a way to infuse your fitness routine with some new energy and excitement? Whether you're a seasoned athlete or just getting started with physical activity, circuit training is a great way to challenge your body in a variety of ways while boosting the fun factor.
What Is Circuit Training? A typical circuit training workout includes about 8-10 exercise stations. After completing a station, instead of resting, you move quickly to the next station. A muscular strength and endurance circuit alternates muscle groups, such as upper body, lower body and core, so little or no rest is needed in between stations. This article focuses on another form of circuit training: aerobic + strength. This type of circuit alternates 1- 2 sets of resistance exercise (body weight, free weights, dumbbells, kettle bells, bands, etc.), with brief bouts of cardiovascular exercise (jogging in place, stationary cycling, rowing, etc.) lasting anywhere from 30 seconds to 3 minutes. Depending on your goals and the number
www.ijmer.in 193 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
of circuit stations, you can complete 1 or more circuits in a 30-60 minute session.
Advantages of Circuit Training Boredom and time constraints are frequently cited reasons for giving up on a fitness routine. Sound familiar? Circuit training offers a practical solution for both. It’s a creative and flexible way to keep exercise interesting and saves time while boosting cardiovascular and muscular fitness. You’ll burn a decent amount of calories too—in a 1- hour circuit training session, a 150-pound person burns about 308 calories at a moderate intensity; and 573 calories at a vigorous intensity. Because the exercises can be performed in any sequence, you can create an endless number of combinations and design every workout to match your mood or specific training goal. Participating in a group circuit-training class is a great way to discover new exercises you might not have tried on your own.
At the Gym Check to see, if your gym offers circuit training classes. You’ll need to move quickly from station to station, so it’s tough to do on your own during regular gym hours when others are using equipment. If you’re working with a certified personal trainer, ask for help in building a custom circuit training workout using a variety of equipment. At the Park The fitness trail, or parcourse are popular features at many parks across the United States and around the world. This can be considered a form of aerobic + strength circuit training. The par course consists of walking trails with exercise stations located along the way. But even if your local park doesn’t have a circuit set-up, you can create your own aerobic + strength circuit by alternating brisk walking, bicycling or running on a trail with push-ups, dips, and squats, incorporating things found in nature, such as a tree, a boulder, or even a park bench. When transitioning from the bike to the strength activity, it’s critical to move quickly. Get off the bike, do the exercise, then get right back on
www.ijmer.in 194 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
the bike. There aren’t any breaks in circuit training, the “break” is a change in the focused activity. In the beginning I had said that some people consider it out-dated. It should be noted that circuit training is still wildly alive and is another activity actively practiced by the United States Army, and many other military forces. Many personal trainers still use the strategy, as do many athletic coaches. It is still a highly effective strategy. If it sounds like it’s something that you would be interested in, do it! It’s a great way to work up to the tabata method. However, circuit training is not a form of exercise per se, but relates to how an exercise session is structured (3). A circuit session consists of a series of exercises or stations performed in succession with minimal rest intervals in between. This article outlines how to design an effective circuit training program for either general fitness or to improve sport-specific performance. You will also find sample programs, routines and workouts for different performance outcomes. Circuit Completing a variety of resistance exercises and high intensity cardiovascular exercises in quick succession can improve both strength and endurance (3). For individuals short on time, 3-4 brief sessions per week is an effective way to develop all-round fitness. Athletes embarking on a sport specific strength training program should always start with a phase of basic strength training (1). This generally occurs during the closed season in the early part of the preparation phase and is used to prepare the body for more strenuous work later on.Even experienced athletes require a phase of basic strength training to help correct some of the muscle imbalances that inevitably occur with competitive sport. Circuit training is a good choice as alternating exercises allows for maximum recovery of muscle groups. Increased rest intervals between stations is important as this phase of training should not be too intense. Many athletes require good muscular endurance for effective performance in their sport. A circuit training session can be developed to meet their specific needs. By
www.ijmer.in 195 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
keeping rest intervals short a cardiovascular element is developed and by alternating exercises ad muscle groups, more work can be completed for a longer period. Circuit training for a multi-sprint sport such as soccer will differ significantly compared to circuit training for a marathon runner for example
Circuit Training Guidelines For General Fitness Circuit training can be completed 2-4 times per week. As with resistance training at least 48 hours should be left between sessions that work the same muscle groups. For general fitness a resistance should be chosen that allows the station to be completed for the prescribed period of time (1-2 minutes for example). Resistance may also be governed by bodyweight and the weight of the implements used, such as medicine balls. Circuit training classes consist of about 8-12 stations. These are usually completed for 30-90 seconds with 30-90 seconds rest between each station. Progression can come through either increasing the station time or decreasing the rest intervals. Choose only one at a time however. A total of 1-3 circuits is typical with 2-3 minutes rest between each circuit (2). This type of circuit can also be used by athletes during closed or off season training. Two or three circuit resistance training sessions can be interspersed with 2-3 cross-training cardiovascular workouts. Circuit Training Methods On Monday, I wrote an article about my thoughts on separating strength and conditioning and the importance of thinking about them as a singular entity (Strength & Conditioning: Keeping it All Together). Today I just want to lay out a few circuit training methods that I have used over the years. The number of times per week you perform these and which method you choose will depend on what you are looking to get out of your training at that time. Of course you don’t have to use circuits in your training program and may opt to just do straight sets of exercises. There are different times to use different methods and that is going to be up to your individual situation, the
www.ijmer.in 196 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
athlete(s) you are working with, the amount of time you have to devote to training, and what you are trying to achieve. There are a number of ways to perform circuits and I generally group circuits into four categories (Please note that the terminology of this stuff often confuses people. The terms that I use to describe the circuits are just for me so to have a way of classifying how I think about intensity and the work to rest ratio of a given circuit): 1. General fitness/aerobic circuits 2. Alactic-aerobic circuits 3. Strength circuits 4. Anaerobic-glycolytic circuits (further divided into extensive and intensive circuits)
General fitness/aerobic circuits General fitness/aerobic circuits are simply to raise work capacity, improve fitness, and can also be used as a recovery modality on days when the athlete is beat up and needs to back off. The intensity of these circuits is low and the rest interval between movements is minimal, allowing the athlete to move from one exercise to the next at their own pace. The only time I assign a rest interval for this circuit is if we use resistance and the individual is performing 8-12 repetitions using a 15- 20RM load, followed by 30-60sec rest. However, if we are doing these circuits for recovery purposes, we rarely approach intensity/effort like that, usually just performing various mobility drills and/or core work. Strength circuits Strength circuits are focused on improving strength, just as the name implies. Usually I go to a superset of two main exercises with a mobility or core exercise in between them or I do a circuit of push, pull, legs, core. The important thing here is the rest interval, which so many do not obey. If you are able to perform this sort of work with no rest interval or very little rest then you probably need to place more weight on the bar and work towards getting more strength. Reps in this circuit are
www.ijmer.in 197 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
core work in between; however, there are times when complete rest is going to be desired in order to allow for full recovery. Additionally, I do not pressure the individual to move rapidly from one movement to the next, rather, I allow them to take their time when moving to the mobility/core exercise so that they can get sufficient rest and prepare for the next exercise or next set. The rest interval is very important here to allow for recovery and allow them to output as much force as they can.
Design of the study This research study based on experimental research the study was divided in the two sessions pre test and post test the study assess the positive effect of circuit training on the sports performance of Volleyball players of Vijayapur district, Karnataka, INDIA
Objective of the study
To find out the sports performance of Volleyball players before and after the training session To find out the significance effect of circuit training on the sports performance of Volleyball players. To find out the effect of circuit training on the physical fitness of volleyball players.
Hypothesis of the study
There would be significant positive effect of circuit training method on the motor fitness of Volleyball players. There would be positive effect of circuit training methods on the physical fitness of the volleyball players.
Sample of the study
In the present study fifty volleyball players were selected as sample, the sample selection on the basis of simple random sampling method was used in the study, all sample were chosen from Vijayapur district,
www.ijmer.in 198 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Tool of the study
Modified circuit training Method AAPERD Motor fitness test used as a tool of the study Stop watch, rope, measuring tape, scales, whistle etc used in as tools.
Data Collection
The research data was collected before and after the circuit training session, pre data of speed, endurance, strength, agility, flexibility, all five motor fitness components were tested, after the four weeks for circuit training again the post data was collected and analyzed the difference between pre and post motor fitness of Volleyball players of Vijayapur District, Karnataka,India.
Data Analysis of the study
Table-1 – Shows the mean, sd, t value of Volleyball players in pre and post test in fitness tests (sports performance)
Motor Fitness Pre test Post test t-Value SPEED Mean 7.87 5.25 5.432* SD 1.92 1.43 ENDURANCE Mean 1903 2108 4.361** SD 96.20 202.98 AGILITY Mean 12.18 11.45 2.355** SD 2.49 1.58 STRENGTH Mean 7.40 10.92 11.92** SD 1.75 1.49 FLEXIBILITY Mean 1.92 3.72 6.114* SD 1.35 1.36
Significant at 0.05 level **
www.ijmer.in 199 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
25 21.08 19.03 20 Pre 15 12.18 11.45 10.92 Test 10 7.87 7.4 5.25 3.72 5 1.92 0 Speed Edurance Agility Strength Flexibility
This table and graph shown the significant difference pre and post test which revealed that the circuit training had the positive effect on the sports performance of Volleyball players, the motor fitness components speed, endurance, agility, strength & flexibility all components were significantly differ in pre & post tests, ( the endurance data score had edited 1903 converted as 19.03 and 2108 edited as 21.08 because the stability of graph, the actual score was in the table) all t values were significant at 0.05 level.
Conclusion of the study
The circuit training method had very much positive influence on the sports performance of the volleyball players of Vijayapur district. The results were showing the positive effect of the circuit training method on the sports performance (speed, endurance, agility, strength, flexibility) the sports performance influenced by the training method.
www.ijmer.in 200 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
There is significant positive effect of sports training method on the sports performance of Volleyball players of Vijayapur district, Karnataka, India.
Training methods are useful in the development of the sports performance.
Advanced training methods will develop the sports performance standards of volleyball game.
Recommendation of the study
The present study will be conduct on difference sports players. The study will modify with other training methods which have the influence on sports performance to improve the sports.
References
1. Alcaraz Ramón PE , Sánchez-Lorente J , Blazevich AJ . Physical performance and cardiovascular responses to an acute bout of heavy resistance circuit training versus traditional strength training . J Strength Cond Res . 2008 ; 22 : 667 – 671 . [PubMed] 2. Annesi J , Westcott W , Faigenbaum A , Unruh J . Effects of a 12 week physical activity protocol delivered by YMCA after-school counsellors (Youth Fit for Life) on fitness and self-efficacy changes in 5–12 year old boys and girls . Research Q Exercise Sport . 2005 ; 76 : 468 – 476 . [PubMed] 3. Badami R , VaezMousavi M , Wulf G , Namazizadeh M . Feedback after good versus poor trials affects intrinsic motivation . Research Q Exercise Sport . 2011 ; 82 : 360 – 364 . [PubMed] 4. Bland JM , Altman D . Transforming data . Brit Med J . 1996 ; 312 : 770 . [PMC free article] [PubMed
www.ijmer.in 201 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
POVERTY ALLEVIATION MEASURES IN INIDA: AN OVERVIEW
Dr. Mariamma.A.K Faculty Government Law College, Calicut
“Our Dream is a World Free of Poverty.” 1
“Don’t ask me what poverty is because you have met it outside my house. Look at the house and count the number of holes. Look at my utensils and the clothes that I am wearing. Look at everything and write what you see. What you see is poverty. —A poor man, Kenya 1997”2
Poverty may be defined as the inability of a person to secure the minimum necessaries of life such as food, clothing and shelter. The World Bank defines poverty as the inability to attain a minimal standard of living. The major causes of poverty include warfare, agricultural cycles and natural disasters, corruption and social inequality, illiteracy and wide spread diseases. Absolute poverty refers to lack adequate minimum calories or nutrition to support a minimum level of physical health or survival. Absolute poverty means abject poverty. It refers to utter deprivation of basic needs because of ‘no income’ or ‘low income’. In India, “thousands of families are living in abject poverty due to low level of income and they have lower access to public services like health, education, housing, etc. all of poor quality”. Poverty is directly related to overall agricultural productivity, which in turn is dependent upon water for irrigation (India 1997b). In many villages, poor agricultural output is directly linked to the absence of
1 The World Bank Group’s mission carved in stone at our Washington headquarters. 2http://siteresources.worldbank.org/INTPOVERTY/Resources/335642- 1124115102975/1555199-1124115187705/ch2.pdf visited 12/1/2016
www.ijmer.in 202 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
irrigation facilities. While this affects all farmers within these areas, farmers with particularly small holdings are most affected3.
Relative poverty occurs when people do not enjoy certain minimum level of standard of living as determined by the Government and it varies from country to country. It is viewed in terms of a relatively lower standard of life of a person in a lower income group in comparison with that of a richer man in a higher income group. The main determinants of poverty are (i) lack of income and purchasing power attributable to lack of productive employment and considerable under-employment; (ii) continuous increase in the price of food, especially food grains which account for 70-80 per cent of the consumption basket; and (iii) inadequacy of social infrastructure, affecting the quality of life of the people and their employability. People from the low income groups are considered to be poor as their standard of living is lower than the average one.
Poverty Line in India:
The Planning Commission of India defines poverty line at Rs.32/- per day. i.e. a person earning less than Rs.32 per day or Rs.960 per month is poor. This definition of poverty has invited severe criticism from social activists and economists. The Committee’s findings were based on the Food and Agricultural Organisation (FAO) norm that 1,700 calories were enough for one to sustain and as per the inflation rates of June 2011 showed a low monthly per capita spending on food of Rs.18 for urban areas and Rs.16 for rural areas. The daily expenditure on non-food items were added to this and the poverty line was defined in terms of Rs.32/- for urban and Rs.26 for rural areas respectively. ‘Those spending over Rs 32 a day in rural areas and Rs 47 in towns and cities should not be considered poor, an expert panel headed by former RBI
3 Ibid
www.ijmer.in 203 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
governor C Rangarajan said in a report submitted to the BJP government in July 2014’4.Internationally, an income of less than $1.90 per day per head of ‘purchasing power parity’ is defined as ‘extreme poverty’. By this estimate, about 32.7% percent of Indians are extremely poor. Income-based poverty lines consider the bare minimum income to provide basic food requirements; it does not account for other essentials such as health care and education5.
Poverty alleviation is one of the major objectives of planned development. The magnitude of the problem is still quite staggering as it cannot be eradicated completely even after 68 years of independence. Poverty eradication is one of the major objectives of planned development. The magnitude of the problem is still quite staggering. Thirty six per cent of the Indian population was below poverty line (BPL) in 1993-94. Unreleased data from the first urban Socio Economic and Caste Census (SECC), tabulated as per criteria laid down by the erstwhile Planning Commission’s expert Hashim committee, shows that roughly 35 per cent of urban Indian households live below poverty line (BPL).This amounts to 22 million households of the total 63 million households surveyed in 4,041 statutory cities and towns across the country6. Government has launched several poverty alleviation programmes, the important among these are:-
1. Twenty Point Programme was launched by Prime Minister Indira Gandhi in 1975 and was subsequently restructured in 1982 and 1986. With the introduction of new policies and programmes it has been finally restructured in 2006. The basic
4http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/New-poverty-line-Rs-32-in- villages-Rs-47-in-cities/articleshow/37920441.cms visited 12/1/2016 5https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Below_Poverty_Line_(India) visited 11 /1/2016 6http://indianexpress.com/article/india/india-others/35-per-cent-urban- india-is-bpl-says-unreleased-data/ visited 11/1/2016
www.ijmer.in 204 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
objective of the 20-Point Programme is to eradicate poverty and to improve the quality of life of the poor and the under privileged population of the country. The programme covers various Socio-economic aspects like poverty, employment, education, housing, health, agriculture and land reforms, irrigation, drinking water, protection and empowerment of weaker sections, consumer protection, environment etc.7.
2. National Food for Work Programme was launched by minister of rural development, central government on 14 November 2004 in 150 districts that have been identified as the backward districts of India on the basis of poverty mark as considered by SC/ST population, with the objective of generating supplementary wage employment. The programme is open for all Indian poor who are prepared to do manual unskilled labour work and are in the need of wage employment. It is implemented as a centrally-sponsored scheme. The ‘Food for Work’ is one of the ways pf paying the wages to the workers. Under this programme, the resources are paid in form of either cash or food grains for generating additional income for the tasks performed and hence, generate resources in the identified 150 backward blocks8.Food grains are provided to the States free of cost. But the transportation cost, handling charges, and taxes on food grains will, however, be the responsibility of the States.
3. Minimum Needs Programme (MNP), By the late 1960s and 1970s it was realised that more than half the rural population lived below the poverty line. Hence the concept of minimum needs was given a formal shape and formally articulated in the
7 http://www.gktoday.in/twenty-point-programme_22/ visited 5/1/2016 8http://www.indianyojana.com/rojgar-yojana/food-for-work-programm e.h tm visited 4/1/2016
www.ijmer.in 205 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Fifth Five Year Plan in 1974. It was conceived as an important tool of rural development. The objective was to establish a network of basic services and facilities of social consumption in all the areas up to nationally-accepted norms, within a specified time-frame. The programme is essentially an investment in human resources designed to assist in raising living standards and in reducing the regional disparities in development. The basic needs of the people identified for this programme are Elementary Education, Adult Education, Rural Health, Rural Roads, Rural Electrification, Rural Housing, Environmental Improvement of Urban Slums and Nutrition9.
4. Integrated Rural Development Programme (IRDP), is a Centrally Sponsored Scheme which is in operation in all the blocks of the country since 1980, aims at providing self- employment to the rural poor through acquisition of productive assets or appropriate skills which would generate additional income on a sustained basis to enable them to cross the poverty line. Assistance is provided in the form of subsidy and bank credit. The target group consists largely of small and marginal farmers, agricultural labourers and rural artisans living below the poverty line. The pattern of subsidy is 25% for small farmers, 33% for marginal farmers, agricultural labourers, rural artisans and 50% for Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes families and physically handicapped persons. The IRDP has been successful in providing incremental income to the poor families, but in many cases that has not been adequate to cross the poverty line on a sustained basis mainly because of a low per family investment.
9http://planningcommission.nic.in/plans/planrel/fiveyr/7th/vol2/7v2ch19. html visited 3/1/2016
www.ijmer.in 206 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
5. National Rural Employment Programme (NREP), was launched in October, 1980 and became a regular Plan programme from April, 1981. The programme was expected to generate additional gainful employment in the rural areas to the extent of 300-400 million man-days per annum, to create durable community assets, and improve nutritional status and living standards of the poor10.
6. Rural Labour Employment Guarantee Programme (RLEGP), Maharashtra was the first state to enact an employment guarantee act in the 1970s. Former Maharashtra Chief Minister late Vasantrao Naik, launched the revolutionary Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme which proved to be a boon for millions of farmers ravaged by two ferocious famines. The Planning Commission later approved the scheme and the same was adopted on national scale.
7. Trainng of Rural Youth for Self Employment (TRYSEM) scheme was launched in 1979, a facilitating component of IRDP, aims at providing basic technical and entrepreneurial skills to the rural poor in the age group of 18 to 35 years to enable them to take up income generating activities. With a view to strengthening this programme, several initiatives were taken in the Eighth Plan which include, among others, an increase in the stipend and honorarium rates; emphasis on professionalised training through the established and recognised institutes like ITIs, Community Polytechnics, Krishi Vigyan Kendras etc., exploring the possibilities of setting up production groups, like Nirmithi Kendras (Rural Building Centres) for training of youth in the trades of low cost house construction and the setting up of mini-ITIs at the block level to strengthen the training infrastructure for the rural youth. In practice, therefore, such expenditure on training had become infructuous because of an absence of linkages between the employment opportunities available and training provided.
10http://www.teindia.nic.in/mhrd/50yrsedu/15/8P/84/8P840203.htm visited 2/1/2016
www.ijmer.in 207 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
8. Supply of Improved Toolkits to Rural Artisans (SITRA), was launched in July 1992, as a sub-scheme of IRDP in selected districts, but later extended to all the districts of the country. Under the scheme, a variety of crafts persons, except weavers, tailors, needle workers and beedi workers, are supplied with a kit of improved hand tools within a financial ceiling of ₹.2000, of which the artisans have to pay 10% and the remaining 90% is subsidy from the Government of India. The supply of power driven tools, subject to a ceiling of ₹.4500, is also permitted under this scheme. 9. Indira Awaas Yojana is a social welfare programme launched by Rajiv Gandhi then Prime Minister of India, to provide housing for the rural poor in India. It was one of the major flagship programs of the Rural Development Ministry to construct houses for BPL population in the villages. Under the scheme, financial assistance worth ₹70000 in plain areas and ₹75000 in difficult areas (high land area) is provided for construction of houses. The houses with sanitary latrine and smokeless chullah are required to be constructed by the beneficiary without engaging contractors and are allotted in the name of the woman or jointly between husband and wife. This scheme, operating since 1985, provides subsidies and cash- assistance to people in villages to construct their houses, themselves 11. 10. Development of Women and Children in Rural Areas (DWCRA). This special scheme was started in the year 1982-83, on a pilot basis, in 50 districts and has now been extended to all the districts of the country. DWCRA is directed at improving the living conditions of women and, thereby, of children through the provision of opportunities for self-employment and access to basic social services. The main strategy adopted under this programme is to facilitate access for poor women to employment, skill upgradation, training, credit and other support services so that the DWCRA women as a group can take up income generating activities for supplementing their incomes. It encourages the habit of thrift and credit among poor rural women to make them self-reliant. The target group would
11 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indira_Awaas_Yojana visited 5/1/2016
www.ijmer.in 208 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
be the focus for convergence of other services like family welfare, health care, nutrition, education, child care, safe drinking water, sanitation and shelter to improve the welfare and quality of life of the family and the community. The Child Care Activities (CCA) component was introduced in the DWCRA programme in 1995-96 for providing child care services for the children of DWCRA women. Similarly the Information, Education and Communication (IEC) component was introduced to generate awareness among rural women about the development programmes being implemented for their upliftment and welfare. Several groups have become defunct over time. The reasons for these include, among others, (a) improper selection of groups; (b) lack of homogeneity among the group members; (c) selection of non-viable economic activities which are mostly traditional and yield low income; (d) the linkages for supply of raw material and marketing of production are either deficient or not properly planned; (e)lack of institutional financial support, inadequate training, a non- professional approach and poor access to upgraded technological; (f) inadequacy of staff and their insufficient training and motivation has also affected the overall implementation of the programme. 11. Jawahar Rojgar Yojna (JRY), was launched as a Centrally Sponsored Scheme (CSS) on 1st April, 1989 by merging the National Rural Employment Programme (NREP) and the Rural Landless Employment Guarantee Programme (RLEGP). The main objective of the programme is the generation of additional gainful employment for unemployed and underemployed persons, both men and women, in the rural areas through the creation of rural economic infrastructure, community and social assets with the aim of improving the quality of life of the rural poor. The resources under this scheme are allocated to the States/UTs on the basis of proportion of rural poor in the States/UTs to the total rural poor in the country. From the States to the districts, the allocation is made on an index of backwardness which is based on the proportion of rural Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes population in the district to total Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes population in the State and an inverse of agricultural production per agricultural
www.ijmer.in 209 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
worker in that district, in equal weights. JRY funds are now distributed among the village panchayats, intermediate panchayats and the district panchayats in the ratio of 70:15:15. 12. Employment Assurance Scheme (EAS), was launched on 2nd October, 1993 in 1775 identified backward blocks situated in drought prone, desert, tribal and hill areas, in which the revamped public distribution system was in operation. Subsequently, the scheme was extended to additional blocks which included the newly identified Drought Prone Area Programme (DPAP)/Desert Development Programme (DDP) blocks, Modified Area Development Approach (MADA) blocks having a larger concentration of tribals, and blocks in flood prone areas of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Assam and Jammu and Kashmir. The main objective of the EAS is to provide about 100 days of assured casual manual employment during the lean agricultural season, at statutory minimum wages, to all persons above the age of 18 years and below 60 years who seek employment on economically productive and labour intensive social and community works. A maximum of two adults per family are to be provided employment under the scheme. The applicants, who register themselves for employment under the EAS, are issued family cards in which the number of days of employment are entered as and when such employment is given to them. 13. Million Wells Scheme (MWS), was launched as a sub-scheme of the National Rural Employment Programme, to increase the productivity of the land holdings by an assured source of water supply. Ground water is an important source in the remote areas of the countryside, where canal or tank irrigation is not feasible. The beneficiaries themselves are asked to undertake construction of their wells through their own labour and local labour for which they are paid. Contractors are banned under this programme12. 14. Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act ( MGNREGA), was launched in 200 select districts on 2.2.2006, is a social security measure aims to
12http://planningcommission.nic.in/plans/planrel/fiveyr/9th/vol2/v2c2- 1.htm visited 12/1/2016.
www.ijmer.in 210 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
guarantee the ‘Right to work’ to ensure livelihood security in rural areas by providing at least 100 days employment in a financial year to every household whose adult members volunteer to do unskilled manual work. Another aim of MGNREGA is to create durable assets like roads, canals, ponds and wells. Employment is to be provided within 5 km of an applicant's residence, and minimum wages are to be paid. If work is not provided within 15 days of applying, applicants are entitled to an unemployment allowance. Thus, employment under MGNREGA is a legal entitlement13. 15. Prime Minister's Rozgar Yojana (PMRY), for providing self-employment to educated unemployed youth has been in operation since October 2, 1993. The Scheme aimed at assisting the eligible youth in setting up self-employment ventures in industry, service and business sectors. The educational qualifications for eligibility under the scheme is 8th passed.14.
16. Nehru Rozgar Yojna (NRY), was launched in October 1989 with the objective of providing of employment to the urban unemployed and underemployed poor. The Central Government indicated its overall contribution while the essential task of identifying, earmarking and coordinating was undertaken by the State Governments15.
17. Prime Minister’s Integrated Urban Poverty Eradication Programme (PMIUPEP), was launched in November 1995. Programme was applicable to all Class II urban agglomerations with a population ranging between 50,000 and 1
13https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/National_Rural_Employment_Guarantee _Act_2005 retrieved 2/1/2016. 14http://www.archive.india.gov.in/citizen/agriculture/viewscheme.php?sc hemeid=1606. 15http://planningcommission.nic.in/plans/planrel/fiveyr/9th/vol2/v2c2- 2.htm visited 2/1/2016
www.ijmer.in 211 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
lakh subject to the condition that elections to local bodies have been held. The Programme was being implemented on a whole town/ project basis extending the coverage to all the targeted groups for recurring a visible impact16.
But it is true that many a times these programmes remain only in paper and Aid programmes in India are 'beset by corruption', poor administration and under-payments, according to a new World Bank report. Despite billions spent on these programmes each year, they have failed to improve conditions of the poor. Hence there should be proper utilisation of these concessions and facilities. The Public Distribution System (PDS) continues to absorb substantial public resources at almost 1% of GDP. While it covers up to 25% of the households, and only 41% of the grains released by the government reach households, Recent death of tribal people without adequate food and nutrition highlight the real situation. Poverty can effectively be eradicated only when the poor start contributing by their active involvement in the growth process. Poverty, however, cannot be eradicated unless the benefits of various programmes and concessions for the upliftment of the downtrodden actually reach them. This is possible only through corruption free enlightened educated society encouraging participatory approaches aiming at empowerment of the poor.
The main goal of India's development policy has been, till now, growth with social justice. The benefits of growth did not trickle down entirely to the poorer sections of society. With the main agenda to curb poverty and improvise the life of the rural poor and under-employed population, the Indian Government has taken many steps through its five year
16http://planningcommission.nic.in/plans/planrel/fiveyr/9th/vol2/v2c2- 2.htm visited 1/1/2016
www.ijmer.in 212 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
plans and schemes which are quite appreciable. But even today we are not succeeded in eradicating poverty completely.
In Attapadi in Kerala 22 more tribal children have died in 2013-2014, from the same Adivasi Hamlets that received nationwide attention after 47 child deaths were reported in 2012-2013. A research report on child deaths in 2013-2014, revealed that the schemes announced were never implemented; children were forced to walk more than 2 km to access ICDS facilities which largely remained dysfunctional- diverse elements that are critical for the development of the child. The findings further reveal that there were no toilets in the 66 Anganwadis and zero drinking water facilities in the 100+ Anganwadis, while the Nutrition Rehabilitation Centres were non-functional17.
Despite the Central and state governments spending crores for the development of the community, Mathrubhumi daily18 had reported that ‘Adivasi children forage for food at the waste dumping yard at Kunithala in Peravoor in Kerala where two children, aged 8 and 10, climb over the walls of the yard and scavenge for food among the piles of waste and salvage food' from the waste from hotels, bakeries and other places and eat the stale food, rotten vegetables and fruits’.
To sum up, in India, poverty alleviations programmes received only occasional attention especially in times of elections. Although number of schemes were initiated, many of them remained ineffective due to faulty implementation and corruption. Hence, it is the duty of each and every socially committed citizen as well as the Government to eradicate poverty from our country because poverty leads to the denial of all human rights as a whole.
17http://www.cry.org/about-cry/media-center/cry-in-news-and-general- articles/tribal-children-malnourished-and-dying.html visited 12/1/2016 18http://mathrubhuminews.in/ee/ReadMore/20527/adivasi-kids-forage- garbage-piles-for-food visited 4th Jan 2016
www.ijmer.in 213 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
DISPUTES BETWEEN CENTRE AND STATE REGARDING FISCAL AND OTHER MATTERS
Dr. Kailash Kumar Assistant Professor (Law) University Institute of Law & Management Studies Sector-40, Gurgaon, Haryana
Introduction
The federal structure in India is a three-tiered constitutionally demarcated system where funds are allocated according to specific functions as listed in three separate mandates. For example, the Centre is responsible for matters of national importance such as defence, transportation infrastructure, international trade and macroeconomic management. The State, governed by the State list is responsible for matters of regional and State importance such as law and order, public health, sanitation, housing, irrigation, agriculture and local governments. The final tier is the Concurrent list, which includes sectors such as education, contracts, bankruptcy and insolvency, economic and social planning, employment and labour welfare, electricity, stamp duties and any other sectors that require Centre- State consensus.
Today more or less we are in the coalition form of government where with 24 allies, some of them volatile, Vajpayee has managed to run the coalition government successfully, because of bargaining. So, Government’s stability depended on its bargaining capacity coping with the diverse demands put up by the allies. Obviously Mamta Banerjee wanted a Bengal Package, Telegu Desam Party wanted Central grants or the Lok Sabha speakership, or Miss Jayalalitha demanded waters from the Cauvery or Samata Party asked for setting up a New Railway Zone in Bihar all have tried to extract the maximum share of the spoils and to seek solutions of the problems in their respective states. In such
www.ijmer.in 214 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
a situation interest clash is quite obvious. The Constitution provides a federal system of government in the country even though it describes India as ‘a Union of States’. The term implies that firstly, the Indian federation is not the result of an agreement between independent units, and secondly, the units of Indian federation cannot leave the federation. The Indian Constitution contains federal and non- federal features.
Federal Features The federal features of the Constitution include: (1) A written constitution which defines the structure, organization and powers of the central as well as state governments. (2) A rigid constitution which can be amended only with the consent of the states. (3) An independent judiciary which acts as the guardian of the constitution. (4) A clear division of powers between the Center and the States through three lists- Union list, State list and Concurrent list (5) The creation of an Upper House (Rajya Sabha) which gives representation to the states, etc.
Non – Federal Features The Constitution also contains a number of unitary features: (1) The creation of a very strong centre (2) The absence of separate constitutions for the states (3) The right of Parliament to amend major portions of the constitution by itself (4) A single citizenship for all (5) Unequal representation to the states in the Rajya Sabha (6) The right of Parliament to change the name, territory or boundary of states without their consent (7) The presence of All- India Services which hold key positions in the Centre as well as the States appointment of the Governor by the
www.ijmer.in 215 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
President (8) The granting of extensive powers to the President to deal with various kinds of emergencies (9) The right of Parliament to legislate on state subjects on the recommendation of the Rajya Sabha (10) The presence of a single judiciary with the Supreme Court of India at the apex (11) The residuary powers under the Indian Constitution are assigned to the Union and not to the States. (12) The exclusive right of Parliament to propose amendments to the Constitution. (13) On account of the presence of a large number of non- federal features in the Indian Constitution India is often described as a ‘quasi- federal ‘country1.
Thus it would be fair to call India as quasi federal country.
Difference between the legislative and executive power distribution
Distribution of legislative powers between centre and state is rigid (i.e. it can’t be changed or hard to change)
But distribution of executive powers has not been rigid.
Constitution provides for inter-government delegation of functions in order to mitigate rigidity and avoid a situation of deadlock.
President, may with the consent of the state government entrust to that government any of the executive functions of the Centre.
1www.yourarticlelibrary.com
www.ijmer.in 216 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Also, the governor of a state may, with the consent of the Central government, entrust to that government any of the executive functions of the state.
This mutual delegation of administrative functions may be conditional or unconditional.
How All-India Services are good for administration ?
In India there are three types of All-India Services :
IAS (Indian Administrative services)
IPS (Indian police Service)
IFS (Indian Forest Services) It is argued that All-India services violate the principle of federalism. But they are supported on following grounds:
They facilitate liaison, cooperation, coordination and joint action on the issues of common interest between the Centre and the states.
They help to ensure uniformity of the administrative system throughout the country. They help in maintaining high standard of administration in the Centre as well as in the states2.
Grievances of ‘Opposition-Ruled’ States against the Centre:
Besides the general grievances stated above, there are some specially felt by the States ruled by parties different from that of ruling at the Centre.
(i) Governor is looked as the Centre’s agent.
2 www.erewise.com
www.ijmer.in 217 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
(ii) frequent (and sometimes arbitrary) imposition of President’s Rule and dismissal of State governments is generally looked as unwarranted and unconstitutional action on the Centre’s part.
(iii) Deployment of paramilitary forces such as CRPF, RPF, Central Industrial Security Force, etc. in the States without requisition from the States is another disturbing factor.
(iv) The States allege that the Centre shows little respect for the views expressed by State Chief Ministers or Ministers at conferences convened by the Centre. The Centre is alleged to expect unquestioned submission by the State governments like the appointment of Commission of inquiry by the Centre against the governments and ministries, invariably, of those States ruled by parties other than that at the Centre.
Centre’s Grievances against States:
The Centre, for its part, feels displeased at the attitude of the States over various issues. Its aim is to achieve equitable development of the country. It feels perturbed at the objections of the more advanced States over its special concessions and measures to develop the backward areas.The Centre also alleges that State governments tend to divert funds allocated for a particular scheme to other purpose. The Centre also resents the States’ claiming credit for the successful implementation of Centrally-sponsored projects.
Therefore Major Tension Areas in Centre-State Relations3 are:-
Appointment of enquiry commission against the chief ministers
Management of All-India Services (IAS, IFS and IPS)
Discrimination in financial allocations to the states
3 - http://www.erewise.com
www.ijmer.in 218 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Deployment of central forces in the states to maintain law and order
Discriminatory and partisan role of governors
Mode of appointment and dismissal of governor
Imposition of presidents rule for partisan interests
Reservation of state bills for the consideration of the President
Role of Planning Commission in approving state projects
Use of electronic media for political purposes
Sharing of finances (between centre and state)
Rise of Regional Parties- Despite the massive mandate given to the Bharatiya Janata Party in the May 2014 Lok Sabha elections, National parties received just about 52 per cent of the vote share4. The net outcome of these changing political equations is that the existing principles which govern Centre-state relations are increasingly being contested by the regional players. Matter related to foreign policy and national security, once considered exclusive Central Government domains are now increasingly being contested by regional parties.
Liberalisation and Globalisation of the Economy- By onset of liberalisation and formulation of the New Economic Policy (NEP) by the Centre in 19915 is the most decisive shift in Centre-state relations. The shift of public sector-dominated economy in import-substitution industrialisation to a private sector dominated market economy dramatically changed the
4 Louiss Tillin, The stories of wave, The Indian Express, May 17, 2014. 5 Harihar Bhattacharya, “Globalization and Indian Federalism: Current Trends”, An in- house seminar presentation at the Institute of Federalism, Fribourg Switzerland, 16 May 2007.
www.ijmer.in 219 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
dynamics of Centre-state relations6. Private sector investments lead to development factors like infrastructure and services at the state level. But, market economy reforms have resulted in paradoxical outcomes with a direct bearing on Centre-state relations7. By market reforms and economic benefits, the hold of the Centre over the states has weakened leading to fissures in the country's federal structure. Thus, Economic liberalisation has brought unprecedented prosperity to some states that once depended on Central grants and concessions; these states, including Gujarat, Tamil Nadu and Maharashtra, have strengthened themselves in the economic sphere, charting out their independent course on development issues and hardly consulting the Centre on economic matters8.
Judicialisation of Centre-State Relations- In the Keshavanand Bharati vs. Union of India9 the Supreme Court declared federalism as the “basic structure” of Indian Constitution, and the famous S.R. Bommai vs. Union of India 10 verdict it put an end to the misuse of Article 35611 that gives the
6 Govind M. Rao, A Review of Indian Fiscal Federalism, Research Study submitted to the Commission on Centre-State Relations; Inter-State Council, Ministry of Home , Government of India, 2009. 7 See Arjun Appadurai and Arien Mack, India's World, Delhi: Rupa, 2012. 8 See C.P. Bhambri, “The Central Government in the age of globalization”, in Dua, D.D. and Singh M.P (eds). Indian Federalism in the new millennium, New Delhi: Manohar Publications, 2005. 9 AIR 1973 SC 1461 10 The Supreme Court Bench consisting of nine Judges gave its judgment in 1994 that set out clear limitations of Article 356. The Bench said any Presidential Order clamping Article 356 had to be ratified by both the Houses of Parliament. In addition, the powers of the judiciary to review the bona fide or mala fide nature of the Presidential order were reiterated. As a rider, the Court illustrated ten situations which did not amount to “failure of constitutional machinery”. In every sense, Bommai judgement shifted the political powers from Centre to states. See S.R. Bommai vs. Union of India(1994), 3 SCC 1. 11 Article 356 is one among the nine Articles (beginning from Art. 352 and ending with Art. 360) known as Emergency Provisions enumerated in the Chapter XVIII of Indian www.ijmer.in 220 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Centre far-reaching powers on dismissal of state governments. The latter judgment dramatically tilted the federal scales in favour of the states. Many other judgments have also gone in favour of states12 but it was the Bommai ruling that was the game-changer in Centre-state relations. In one stroke, the apex court made it nearly impossible for the Union Government to impose President's rule in a state. The judgment, which came in the backdrop of rising regional political players and weak coalition governments at the Centre, fundamentally altered Centre-state relations with long term consequences13.
The State considers all resources of their own and feels back in demanding funds from centre and try to evade all the repayment liabilities.
The Centre has the prerogative to decide finally the location of various industries and projects. Undue delays in clearance of projects have adversely affected the interests of the States.
States do not like the persistence of the Centre in the matter of getting sales tax abolished.
The administered prices are controlled by the Centre, and arbitrary and drastic increase in the prices upset State budgets. Increasing salary of staff by centre is an headache for state to control their employees.
Constitution. Under said Article, the President can dismiss a State Government or dissolve a State Assembly or keep it under suspended animation in the event of a failure of the constitutional machinery in that State. Before Bommai judgement, this emergency provision was misused more than 100 times by successive central governments. For instance, between 1966 and 1977, Indira Gandhi's government had invoked Article 356 as many as 39 times in different states 12 See P. P. Rao, “The Constitution, Parliament and the Judiciary,” in Pran Chopra, ed., The Supreme Court Versus the Constitution: A Challenge to Federalism (New Delhi: Sage Publications) 2006. 13 Centre-State Relations in India: Time for a New Framework ,ORF Occasional Paper. www.orfonline.org
www.ijmer.in 221 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Resentment is also caused due to conflicting interests in location of new and important projects and industries.
Recent Situation of Delhi
The success or failure of any government in Delhi depends largely on its ability to manage the federal arithmetic. In the country's existing federal structure, many core economic activities and service delivery functions are carried out by the states while the Centre provides broad economic and political directions. Prime Minister Narendra Modi understands these complexities well, having served as the Chief Minister of Gujarat for 12 years. After a landslide victory in the May 2014 elections, he has on occasions stated that his government is serious about restructuring Centre-state relations and strengthening the principles of “cooperative federalism.” The strongest statement of intent in this regard was made when the new government announced the dissolution of the Planning Commission, an institution often perceived as a symbol of Centre's domination. Another major development was the government's acceptance of the recommendations of the Fourteenth Finance Commission (FFC), raising devolution of central taxes to states to a mammoth 42 per cent. While this may seem to be a good beginning, there is still a long way to go to overcome the several challenges facing Centre-state relations.
The major reasons of fall of UPA government was failure to maintain coordination with states. The Centre and states were repeatedly at loggerheads on a number of issues, including national security, economic policies, creation of new states, foreign policy matters and on crucial economic issues such as the Goods and Services Tax (GST), foreign direct investment in retail and National Counter Terrorism Centre (NCTC). For smooth functioning harmonious coordination is mandatory between centre and State.
www.ijmer.in 222 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Fiscal Relation: Mother of all Federal Battles
Fiscal Relation is the Mother of all Federal Battles. States always contest the Centre's unilateral and supreme control over issues of taxation and resource sharing, but to no avail. By successive coalition governments at the Centre and rise of regional parties, states are now in a much stronger bargaining position.
Union is vested with key powers on financial matters for reasons of monetary stabilisation and distribution.14 e.g the Centre alone is constitutionally empowered to regulate the money supply, contract foreign loans, charge income tax on nonagricultural income and on services, or collect import and export duties15.
Rather, States have limited tax powers mostly in non-lucrative areas,16 despite having maximum expenditure responsibilities. On average, states raise about 38-40 percent of total current revenues , while they incur on an average 58-60 percent expenditure in a range of areas, including education, health and law and order. Most revenues of the states come through the transfers made by the Finance Commission (FC), transfers from the erstwhile Planning Commission (PC) and transfers from central ministries. These transfers are like the form of loans and grants17. On average, states get around 38 percent through
14 While the Centre remains the preeminent authority with respect to the control of finances, while the states have a large responsibility over spending. See R. Ramkumar, Fiscal Roadblock, Frontline, Issue.6, March 13-26, 2010. www.frontline.in 15 Mitra and Pehl, 2010, p 52. 16 While the Seventh Schedule earmarks most lucrative sources of revenue such as import or export duties, non-agricultural income tax and corporate taxes to the Centre, most non- lucrative sources of revenues to the states. For example, tax on land, income from agriculture to the states which meet one-third of their total expenditure which continues to spike every year. These are also difficult taxes to collect. 17 See Mitra and Pehl, 2010 p 52, also see Varshney 2013. P 51-52.
www.ijmer.in 223 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
intergovernmental transfers which is inadequate to cover their entire development expenditure18 . Therefore there is a need
a) To close the fiscal gap;
b) To balance inter-State capacities.
Closing the Fiscal Gap
There is disparity among Union and State and even among state governments as to taxation capacity and expenditure responsibilities. In present system of taxation and expenditure assignment, the States are unable to match their expenditures to their revenues. This is called as vertical fiscal imbalance. Due to such a mismatch, the Centre is required to allocate funds in order to overcome this inadequacy. Despite the rise in revenue at the State level, dependence still continues, as while revenue has been experiencing a steady increase, it has been unable to keep up with the fast rising expenditure. Apart from vertical imbalances, the States face the additional challenge of a horizontal disparity. Different States face different degrees of inadequacy as there is no uniform tax base. Moreover, spending also varies. Given such divergence, there is a hard need for certain balancing mechanisms.
Balancing Inter-State Capacities
Due to diverse necessities, there is a need for redistribution to attain parity. Disparities among States should not affect the well-being of two similar individuals, each staying in two different States. This is best way of balancing interstate capacities19.
Allocation of Funds
Due to the existing imbalances of a quasi-federal structure of government, the country practices transfer of funds through four
18 To make for shortfall in revenues, states resort to borrowing from domestic market, loans from the Centre and so on to meet the expenditure commitments 19 Union Finance Minister recently renamed it “competitive federalism”.
www.ijmer.in 224 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
channels. Primarily through Finance Commission and Planning Commission, secondly through Centrally Sponsored Schemes. These funds are generally provided for some specific purpose. Such schemes are conducted through a cost-sharing mechanism between the Centre and the State. Fourthly, the States have the option of borrowing from the market. It is mandatory for commercial banks to retain 35 percent of their lendable resources in the form of certain more liquid assets (the Statutory Liquidity Ratio). State government bonds are one type of such assets20. Thus, banks have an incentive to purchase government bonds.
The Finance Commission
It is responsible to non-plan current expenditures only. As per Article 280 of the Constitution, the Prime Minister appoints the Finance Commission every five years. The Commission transfers the funds through the following steps21:
i. Estimating the overall budget available as per the total resource requirement of the Union and the States;
ii. Estimating the current revenues and non-plan expenditures of States;
20In a radical departure from the previous trends, the National Democratic Alliance (NDA) government has accepted the Fourteenth Finance Commission (FFC)'s recommendation of a record 10 per cent increase in the devolution of divisible pool of central taxes to the states. The Union Budget 2015-16 which recently rolled out a detailed roadmap for implementation of the FFC recommendations aims to devolve a massive Rs. 5.3 lakh crore over next five years. More than the hike (which will go up from 47.5% in 2015 to 49.4% in 2020), what is truly revolutionary is the 'untied' nature of such devolution. See Syed Z. Naqvi, Kapil Patidar and Arvind Subramanian, “A Watershed 14th Finance Commission”, Business Standard, 24 February 2015. 21 The famous 'Congress System' (lasted until 1989) was coined by well known political scientist Rajni Kothari. For details see Rajni Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi: Orient Longman, 1970.
www.ijmer.in 225 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
iii. Assessing the proportion of Central tax proceeds to be assigned to the States and allocation of these among them22; and
iv. Providing Grants-in-Aid to close any gaps between non-plan current expenditures and revenue. While the very act of devolution is meant to take care of vertical imbalances, weights have been assigned to certain key factors in order to correct horizontal imbalances. The primary objectives behind the transfers are economic efficiency and deterring fiscally inducted migration within the country.
The Thirteenth Finance Commission (FC-XIII) has employed four criteria for the devolution of taxes:23
i. Population: It is to ensure equity across States. With rising population overall needs also increase. State with higher population requires more funds to make sure that residents receive comparable degree of public goods as in other States. The FC-XIII has assigned a weight of 25 percent for population. ii. Area: It is to ensure equity by taking into account the varying cost disability of different States. Larger States must incur higher administrative costs for public service delivery. Following this rationale, this criterion has received 10 percent weight. iii. Fiscal Capacity Distance: This factor is based on the principle of raising efficiency. It aims to incentivise States to increase tax efforts while taking into account the fiscal disadvantages of the States. For instance, regions with a hilly terrain (such as the north-eastern region) are at a disadvantage. FC-XIII has assigned 47.5 percent weight for fiscal capacity distance.
22 The Centre-State Fiscal Relationship: A Critique & Recommendations, www.orfonline.org August 2014 23 By 1 March 2014, according to the Election Commission, there were 219 registered regional parties in India, nearly a 10-fold jump than what it was in early 1970s.www.elections.in/political-parties-in-india/.
www.ijmer.in 226 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
iv Fiscal Discipline: Apart from the equal distribution of resources, it is important to curtail inefficient utilisation. The Commission thus recommends rewarding prudent resource utilisation. 17.5 percent weight is assigned to this factor (which is 10 percent higher than the previous Commission).
The Planning Commission
The Planning Commission is more development oriented24. It transfers funds in order to increase the fiscal capacity of the States. This transfer takes place through two mechanisms – loans and grants. Earlier, the components of these mechanisms were primarily project-based. However, post-1969, the Planning Commission follows the Gadgil Formula. This formula has been revised multiple times and the current version being used is known as the National Development Council (NDC) revised Gadgil-Mukherjee Formula. The process of transfer for Special Category States differs from the other major States.11 mountainous States of North and North-East India have been classified as Special Category States due to their distinctive economic capacities and requirements25. The Planning Commission allots 30 percent of the total funds to these States. Of this, 90 percent is given away as grants and the rest is provided in the form of loans. 70 percent of the total funds are allocated to the rest of the States. This Gadgil-Mukherjee Formula.
Criticism of the Centre-State Fiscal Linkages
The three most important criticisms of the federal finance structure in the country are
1. No allocation autonomy for States for funds dispersed by the Centre
24Subrata Mitra and Malte Pehl, “Federalism”, Niraja G. Jayal and Pratap Mehta (ed.) Oxford Companion to Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2010, p 45 . 25 Milan Vaishnav, The complicated rise of India's regional parties, The Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, November 13, 2013. www.carnegieendowment.org
www.ijmer.in 227 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
2. Need-based allocation versus merit-based allocation
3. Allocation as a political tool
No allocation autonomy for States on funds
The purpose of State governments is to represent the needs and demands of the local population and by this virtue, in most cases, they are a better judge of the importance/relevance of an issue. It is thus the argument of States that without autonomy to decide on the usage of such funds, large amounts of resources are often invested in activities that are beneficial neither to the local population nor, in the long run, to the Centre itself.
For example, allocating large amount of funds for rural electrification in a State like Gujarat is inefficient allocation because Gujarat has the highest level of State electrification. Though there is always a need to improve electricity connections, even in Gujarat, giving the State the same amount of funds as, say, Jharkhand or Madhya Pradesh is counter-productive because remainder funds not used to improve the already fledgling electrification programmes will either remain unused (as they cannot be used for other purposes) or will be used toward rent- seeking and corruptive practices.
Hence, many State governments opine that autonomy must be allowed in the allocation of central
funds. This will allow the local government body to decide and choose the more pressing issues and resources needed for activities rather than these being forced upon them from someone outside the local system. Without autonomy, funds will continue to go to schemes and programmes that may or may not be beneficial for the intended segment of population or the State, effectively wasting precious resources and even increasing changes of corruption, bribery and misuse.
www.ijmer.in 228 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Need-based allocation versus merit-based allocation
When allocating funds for sectors like education and employment, the adopted practice of the government is based on merit rather than need. In fiscal transfer and linkages, the method is the exact opposite. The idea is that worse performing States should be given preference in fund allocation over the better performing States.
The opposing argument is that better performing States feel that their contribution to the national
revenue kitty is being punished rather than being rewarded. Justification for this method is based on the theory that by giving funds to States that qualify under the need-based model, the funds would generate and spur economic activity. However, States feel that investment in economic activities yielding healthy returns would continue the positive cycle, create more surplus over time and reduce the requirement of allocation from the Centre. But this cannot be achieved if central funds are being diverted elsewhere, into economic activity that is not currently producing returns, in those States which are not performing economically well.
The argument boils down to one between short-run versus long-run gains. In the short-run, reinvestment in healthy economic activity will result in higher returns from that activity, making the State less reliant on fiscal transfers from the government. The flip side is that investments made in sickly economic activity or under-performing States will spur economic growth and boost returns.
The problem here is in the second theory. Long-run investments spurring economic growth are
subject to a plethora of variables that are required to revive a sector. As one of the reasons for this under performance leading to requirement of long-term investment could be systemic problems within the State,
www.ijmer.in 229 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
pumping resources could simply be adding fuel to the lit fire. Furthermore, reviving economic activity at that scale and bringing the sector to a self-generating level can take years of investment. The problem with the long-run view is thus also that by diverting funds towards less economically healthy activities, the Centre is taking away from successful programmes.
The main goal of central transfers should be to create an economic system that is less dependent on central accounts than the year before. Current weightage in the methodologies adopted by the
Finance Commission and the Planning Commission both heavily disfavour merit-based allocation (17.5% and 7.5% of total weight, respectively). This is not to say that need-based allocation in not necessary; infact, it is equally necessary, but long-run investments to revive economies over short-run investments to boost positive performance will keep not only the need-based States dependent on central funds but may also bring better performing States back into the fold of dependency.
Allocation as a Political Tool
The strongest criticism of central-State fiscal linkage is that many times this relationship is dependent on the political relationship the State has with the central government. It is often seen that if a State is governed by a party not in an alliance or relationship with the central political party, it is given less priority or favoured less than those States that are politically inclined toward the Centre. While the equation used to allocate funds and the mandate of the Finance Commission is non- partisan, political favouritism is still a regular occurrence. A State ruled by the opposition is less likely to receive special status or special funds than a State that is ruled by the central governing party. Moreover, special status and special funds are given to States to buy their political alliances. While some examples such as the North-East States, where
www.ijmer.in 230 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
economic activity is low due to terrain, climate and their proximity to foreign borders, are justifiable for special status, bestowing it on States like Bihar, Odisha and Uttar Pradesh was more a political decision than anything else.
Reforming Centre-State Relations:
Some of the major recommendations made by different committees and teams are as under:
1. The Setalvad Study Team:
The Setalvad Study Team had recommended the Constitution of an inter- State Council composed of the Prime Minister and other central ministers holding key portfolios, Chief Ministers and others, invited or co-opted. It suggested measures to rationalize the relationship between the Finance Commission and the Planning Commission. Besides, it recommended that the office of Governor be filled by a person having ability, objectivity and independence and the incumbent must regard himself as a creation of the Constitution and not as an errand boy of the Central Government
2. The Administrative Reforms Commission:
The Administrative Reforms Commission noticed that the Central Government had even moved into the fields earmarked for the States under the Constitution and asked it to withdraw from such areas. It recommended the setting up of an inter-State Council but made a novel suggestion about its composition. Instead of giving seats in this body to all the Chief Ministers, it wanted to have five representatives one each from the five zonal councils. Much more importantly, the ARC highlighted the need for formulation of guidelines for governors in the exercise of their discretionary powers. This would ensure uniformity of action and eliminate all suspicions of partnership or arbitrariness.
www.ijmer.in 231 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
The question whether a Chief Minister enjoys majority support or not should be tested on the floor of the Legislature and for this he should summon the Assembly whenever a doubt arises. It also opined that when a ministry suffers a defeat in the Legislative Assembly on major policy issues and the outgoing chief minister advises the governor to dissolve the Assembly with a view to obtaining the verdict of the electorate, the governor should normally accept the advice.
3. Rajamannar Committee Report:
The DMK government of Tamil Nadu appointed a Commission with a direction to suggest changes in the existing level of Union-State relations. Their terms of reference were to examine the entire question regarding the relationship that should exist between the Centre and the States in a federal set-up and to suggest amendments to the Constitution so as to “secure utmost autonomy to the States.”
The Committee headed by P.V. Rajamannar, a retired Chief Justice of Madras High Court, presented its report on May 27, 1971. Some of the important recommendations of the Committee were:
(i) The Committee recommended the transfer of several subjects from the Union and Concurrent Lists to the State List. It recommended that the ‘residuary power of legislation and taxation’ should be vested in the State Legislatures. (ii) An Inter-State Council comprising Chief Ministers of all the States or their nominees with the Prime Minister as its Chairman should be set up immediately. (iii) The Committee recommended the abolition of the existing Planning Commission and that its place must be taken by a statutory body, consisting of scientific, technical, agricultural and economic experts, to advise the States which should have their own Planning Boards. (iv) The Committee advocated deletion of those articles of the Constitution empowering the Centre to issue directives to the States and to take over the administration in a State. The
www.ijmer.in 232 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Committee was also opposed to the emergency powers of the Central Government and recommended the deletion of Articles 356, 357 and 360. (v) The Committee recommended that every State should have equal representation in the Rajya Sabha, irrespective of population. (vi) Governor should be appointed by the President in consultation with the State Cabinet or some other high power body that might be set up for the purpose and once a person had held this office, he should not be appointed to any other office under the Government. (vii) On recruitment to the services, the Committee recommended that Article 312 should be so amended as to omit the provision of the creation of any new All-India cadre in future. (viii) The High Courts of States should be the highest courts for all matters falling within the jurisdiction of States. (ix) The Committee said that ‘territorial integrity’ of a State should not be interfered with in any manner except with the consent of the State concerned. (x) It recommended that the States should also get a share of the tax revenues from corporation tax, customs and export duties and tax on the capital value of assets and also excise duties. 4. Sarkaria Commission Report:
In view of the various problems which impeded the growth of healthy relations between the Centre and the States, the Central Government set up a Commission in June 1983, under the Chairmanship of Justice R.S. Sarkaria mainly to suggest reforms for an equitable distribution of powers between the Union and the States. The Commission submitted its report in 1988.
Major Recommendations:
Though the general recommendations tilt towards the Centre advocating the unity and integrity of the nation, the Commission suggested that Article 258 (e.g. the Centre’s right to confer authority to the States in certain matters) should be used liberally.
www.ijmer.in 233 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
26 (i) There is an urgent need to improve the revenue sources. (ii) Minimal use of Article 356 should be made and all the possibilities of formation of an alternative government must be explored before imposing President’s Rule in the State. The State Assembly should not be dissolved unless the proclamation is approved by the Parliament. (iii) It favoured the formation of an Inter-Government Council consisting of the Prime Minister and the Chief Ministers of States to decide collectively on various issues that cause friction between the Centre and the States. (iv) It rejected the demand for the abolition of the office of Governor as well as his selection from a panel of names given by the State Governments. However, it suggested that active politicians should not be appointed Governors. When the State and the Centre are ruled by different political parties, the Governor should not belong to the ruling party at the Centre. Moreover, the retiring Governors should be debarred from accepting any office of profit. (v) It did not favour disbanding of All India Services in the interest of the country’s integrity. Instead, it favoured addition of new All India Services. (vi) The three-language formula should be implemented in its true spirit in all the States in the interest of unity and integrity of the country. (vii) It made a strong plea for Inter-State Councils. (viii) The Judges of the High Courts should not be transferred without their consent.
26 Nirvikar Singh, 2004. India's System of intergovernmental fiscal relations, Working Paper IX, Santa Cru: University of California.
www.ijmer.in 234 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
(ix) It did not favour any drastic changes in the basic scheme of division of taxes, but favoured the sharing of corporation tax and ‘every of consignment tax. (x) It found the present division of functions between the Finance Commission and the Planning Commission as reasonable and favoured the continuance of the existing arrangement.
A Roadmap for Revitalising Centre-state Relations
From the Rajmannar Commission (1969), the Sarkaria Commission (1987) to the M.M. Puncchi Commission (2007) and the Second Administrative Reforms Commission (ARC) Report in 2008, a lot of effort has been made by successive regimes at the Centre and states on finding amicable ways to improve the Centre-state relations but with little success.27 The following possibilities can be explored:
Push for Greater Economic Federalism
There is an urgent need to improve the revenue sources28 by revisiting tax jurisdiction between Centre and state. Since states are losing out many revenue sources, the sanctity of state taxes needs to be maintained and the Centre should come clear on centralising and unifying tax proposals such as DTC and GST. By accepting the FFC's recommendations of raising the devolution to an unprecedented 42 per cent, the Union Government is showing some serious intent to address the long standing fiscal issues. However, the jury is still out on this move and its outcome.29
27 . Surendra Singh and Satish Misra, Federalism in India: Time for a Relook, ORF Issue Brief, No. 40, July 2012. 28 Nirvikar Singh, 2004. India's System of intergovernmental fiscal relations, Working Paper IX, Santa Cru: University of California. 29For an insightful analysis of the issue, see Editorial “Half-Hearted Embrace”, Economic and Political Weekly, February 28, 2015.
www.ijmer.in 235 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
On equity issues, there is a need to enhance the allocating powers of the Finance Commission. For greater legitimacy, the commission should have representation from the states also.
An overhaul of Centrally Sponsored Schemes (CSS) is necessary as this is becoming a strain on state finances.30 The recently constituted NITI Aayog should take up this on a priority basis.
The state governments that have better knowledge of local conditions and requirements must be given autonomy in decisions (land, labour, infrastructure such as metro rail, airports, etc31) that have significant bearing on local economy. For example the Gujarat government privatised several minor ports by entering into joint ventures and this became an excellent model for the central port policy.32 Ensure more formal and substantive participation of the state and local governments in the regulatory system including forests, mines, environment etc.
• Rework on “resource federalism” by developing acceptable framework for resource revenue-sharing such as the auction of spectrum.33
• The states taking the burden of environment (maintaining green coverage) need to be compensated for the sacrifice that they make for common good.
Amend the Concurrent Provisions- A review of the Seventh Schedule comprising the Union, State and Concurrent lists needs to be serious looked into. This was eloquently recommended by the 5th Pay
30 For an insightful analysis on CSS, see Panagariya 2014. 31 For instance, the Kolkata metro rail expansion proposal is pending with the Centre for several years. Similarly a proposal by Uttar Pradesh government to have an international airport is pending central approval for many years. The Times of India, June 20, 2013. 32 See Aseema Sinha, Solutions to improve centre-state relations, IndiaForbes, February 2, 2012. 33 Haseeb A. Drabu, Modi-fying federalism, Livemint, March 2, 2014.
www.ijmer.in 236 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Commission.34 For instance, while some areas such as taxation or jurisdiction involving centrally-sponsored schemes can go to the state list, items such as law and order and those with national and international security ramifications can be put in concurrent list, thereby giving the Central government a decisive say.
Strengthen Decentralisation Process
The passing of the 73rd & 74th amendments were landmarks as they mandated a third tier in the federal set up. This implementation, however, remained slow and ineffective partly because of resistance from the states (political and bureaucratic leadership) and the Centre's lack of political will.35 While the states have to take the call, the Centre can incentivise the process by aligning and linking many of its flagship schemes with local bodies.
Strengthen 'Federal Bridging' Institutions
India is woefully short of institutions and mechanisms for negotiation, bargaining and dispute resolution. It is time to strengthen and revitalize critical institutions like the Inter-State Council. It can be taken out of the jurisdiction of the Home Ministry and placed under the Prime Minister's Office or the Cabinet Secretariat. This would provide it more credibility and importance. Major federal grand bargains can be cleared by such institutions.
Similarly, bridging instruments such as the Finance Commission, Inter- State Council, the Inter-State Tribunals and the National Development Council can play a critical role in cementing harmonious relations between the Centre and states. Thus there is a need to either strengthen
34 Bibek Debroy, “Effective central governance has quite a lot to do with pruning multiple branches of officialdom”, The Economic Times, 23 May 2014. 35 Mani Shankar Aiyar, Missing the woods for the trees, TheHindustan Times, 20 May, 2010, http://www.hindustantimes.com
www.ijmer.in 237 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
old institutions or scrap them and create new institutions such as a Regional Council of States as mooted by the NDA.
www.ijmer.in 238 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
EFFECT SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS ON PERSONALITY TRAITS OF SPORTS PLAYERS
Mr.Syedali Physical Education Teacher Ashok International Public School Kammagondanahali Jalahalli West, Bangaluru
Abstract
The present study finding out the influence of socio-economic status on the sports players personality In this present study the investigator had tried to identify the difference of personality among the High socio economic status and Low socio economic status sports players of Bangaluru city, one hundred sports players both high socio economic status and low socio economic status sports players in equal number these players were taken as sample of study, the R.B. Cattel`s 16 personality scale used in this study to assess the level of personality difference in sports players due to their socio economic status factor, scale given to sports players and instructed about the test, after the completed the test the data separated like, high socio economic status players data and low socio economic status players data, both data were compared to reveal the answer to the research hypothesis, objective of the study were to find the significance difference among players due to their socio economic status, hypothesis of the study was there would be the significant difference among players due to socio economic status factor, the investigator used the statistical techniques like mean, sd, t test in this study to prove the research hypothesis
Key words :Personality, Socio Economic Status Factor
www.ijmer.in 239 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Introduction
In a rapidly developing psychological field, different psychologists on diverse fields, e.g. clinical, experimental, educational, interpersonal, occupational and vocational many other have made different, temporary and semi popular factor analytical experiments for misusing personality of person. Technically accurate and widely repeated experiments of this kind are necessary to demonstrate that the separate traits or dimensions of personality which test scales measure correspond too uniquely, functionally unitary and psychologically significant course traits. One of them is the 16 P.F which is not a questionnaire compared of as literary scales, but consists of scales carefully oriented and groomed to basic concepts in human personality structure research, Its publication was under taken to meet the demand of research psychologists for a personality – measuring instrument duly validated with respect to the primary personality factors, and rooted in basic concepts in general psychology.
PERSONALITY may be described as the most characteristic integration of an individual’s structure, modes of behavior, attitudes, capacities, abilities and aptitudes. Most theorists agree that personality is an internal, mental, and emotional pattern of response to the environment – a pattern of thought, felling and behavior that affects every aspect of a person’s life. Personality can also be defined in terms of characteristics (traits) of the individual which are directly observable in the behavior. It is quality that makes a person stand out from others; it is whatever makes a person unique.
Beginning in the 1940s, Cattell`s used the new statistical technique of common factor analysis which takes as its starting point the matrix of inter-correlations between all the variables (see correlation coefficient) in an attempt to elucidate the underlying source traits of human
www.ijmer.in 240 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
personality The 16PF measures 16 primary trait constructs, as well as a version of the Big Five secondary traits, From early on in his research endeavors, Cattell found that personality structure was hierarchical, with both primary and secondary stratum level traits The sixteen primary factors were a result of factor-analyzing multiple clusters of trait synonyms derived from the English-language trait lexicon to elucidate the major underlying dimensions within the normal personality sphere. At the second-stratum, at least five "global" (second- order) factors emerged from factor-analyzing the 16 x 16 inter correlation matrix for the sixteen primary factors themselves. Thus, the 16PF gives scores on both the five second-order "global" traits (which provide an overview of personality structure at a broader, conceptual level), as well as on the narrower, more-specific primary trait factors, thereby allowing a multilevel description of each individual's unique personality profile. A listing of these trait dimensions and their description can be found below. Cattell also found a third-stratum of personality organization that comprised just two overarching factors.
Cattell and his co-workers also constructed downward extensions of the 16PF - parallel personality questionnaires designed to measure corresponding trait constructs in younger age ranges, such as the High School Personality Questionnaire (HSPQ) - now the Adolescent Personality Questionnaire (APQ) for ages 12 to 18 years, the Children's Personality Questionnaire (CPQ), the Early School Personality Questionnaire (ESPQ), as well as the Preschool Personality Questionnaire (PSPQ).
Cattell also constructed (T-data) tests of cognitive abilities such as the Comprehensive Ability Battery (CAB) - a multidimensional measure of 20 primary cognitive abilities, as well as measures of non-verbal visuo- spatial abilities, such as the three scales of the Culture-Fair Intelligence Test (CFIT), In addition, Cattell and his colleagues constructed objective (T-data) measures of dynamic motivational traits including
www.ijmer.in 241 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
the Motivation Analysis Test (MAT), the School Motivation Analysis Test (SMAT), as well as the Children's Motivation Analysis Test (CMAT). As for the mood state domain, Cattell and his colleagues constructed the Eight State Questionnaire (8SQ), a self-report (Q-data) measure of eight clinically important emotional/mood states, labeled Anxiety, Stress, Depression, Regression, Fatigue, Guilt, Extraversion, and Arousal.
Socio-economic status (SES) is an economic and sociological combined total measure of a person's work experience and of an individual's or family's economic and social position in relation to others, based on income, education, and occupation. When analyzing a family's SES, the household income, earners' education, and occupation are examined, as well as combined income, versus with an individual, when their own attributes are assessed. Or more commonly known to depict an economic difference in society as a whole.
Socio-economic status is typically broken into three categories (high SES, middle SES, and low SES) to describe the three areas a family or an individual may fall into. When placing a family or individual into one of these categories, any or all of the three variables (income, education, and occupation) can be assessed.
Additionally, low income and education have been shown to be strong predictors of a range of physical and mental health problems, including respiratory viruses, arthritis, coronary disease, and schizophrenia. These problems may be due to environmental conditions in their workplace, or, in the case of mental illnesses, may be the entire cause of that person's social predicament to begin with.
Education in higher socio-economic families is typically stressed as much more important, both within the household as well as the local community. In poorer areas, where food and safety are priority, education can take a backseat. Youth audiences are particularly at risk
www.ijmer.in 242 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
for many health and social problems in the United States, such as unwanted pregnancies, drug abuse, and obesity
The Dynamics of Personality:
Freud (1962) was brought up under the influence of the strongly deterministic and positivistic philosophy of nineteenth century science and regarded the human organism as a complex energy system, which derives its energy from the food it consumes and expends it for such various purposes as circulation, respiration, muscular exercise, perceiving thinking and remembering, Freud (1962) saw no reason to assume that the energy that furnishes the power for breathing or digesting is any different save in form. After all to be defined in terms of the work it performs. If the work consists of a psychological activity such as thinking then it is perfectly legitimate Freud (1962) believed to call thus form of energy psychic energy. According to the doctrine of the conservation of energy, energy may be transformed from one state into another state but can never be lost from the total cosmic system. It follows from this that psychic energy may be transformed into physiological energy and vice versa. The point of the personality is the id and its instincts.
Instinct: An instinct is defined as an inborn psychological representation of an inner somatic source of excitation. The psychological representation is called wish and the bodily excitation from which it stems is called a need. Thus, the state of hunger may be described in physiological terms as a condition of nutritional deficit in the tissues of the body whereas psychologically it is represented as a wish for food. The wish acts, as a motive for behaviour. In other words, an instinct exercises selective control over conduct by increasingly one‘s sensitivity for particular kinds of stimulation. The hungry person is more sensitive to food stimuli; the sexually aroused person is more
www.ijmer.in 243 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
likely to respond to erotic stimuli. An instinct is a quantum of psychic energy or as Freud (1962) put it a measure of the demand made upon the mind forwork. All the instincts taken together constitute the sum total of psychic energy available to the personality. As previously pointed out the idea the reservoir of this energy and it is also the seat of the instincts. The id may be considered to be a dynamo that furnishes psychological power for running the manifold operations of personality. This power is derived of course from the metabolic processes of the body.
An instinct has four characteristic features a source, an aim, an object, and an impetus. The source has already been defined as a bodily condition or a need. The aim is the removal of the bodily excitation. The aim of the hunger instinct for example is to abolish the nutritional deficiency, which is accomplished of course by eating food. All of the activity that intervenes between the appearance of the wish and its fulfillment is subsumed under the heading of object. That is object refers not only to the particular thing.
The impetus of an instinct is its force or strength, which is determined by the intensity of the underlying need. As the nutritional deficiency becomes greater up to the point where physical weakness sets in the force of the instinct becomes correspondingly greater.
According to Freud‘s instincts, the source and aim of an instinct remain constant throughout life unless the source is changed or eliminated by physical maturation. New instincts may appear as new bodily needs develop in contrast to this constancy of source and aim the object or means by which the person attempts to satisfy the need can and does very considerably during the life time of the person. This variation is object choice is possible because psychic energy is displaceable. In other words, objects can be substituted for one another, which is definitely not the case with either the source or aim of an instinct. The behaviour
www.ijmer.in 244 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
is said to be an instinct derivative. Thus if the first sexual object choice of the baby is the manipulation of its own sex organs and it is forced to give up this pleasure in favour of more innocuous forms of bodily stimulation such as sucking the thumb, playing with the toes.
Socio-Economic Status and Sport Involvement in Children and Youth
Researchers have only recently begun to address the relationship between socio-economic status (SES), sport involvement, and physical activity during childhood and youth (e.g., Chen, Matthews & Boyce, 2002; Humbert, Chad, Spink, Kristal, Anderson, Bruner, Girolami, Odnokon & Gryba, 2006; Yang et al., 1996; Trussel & McTeer, 2007). To our knowledge, there has been no systematic research on whether the relationship between SES and participation in sport and physical activity varies across the span of childhood and youth. Hitherto, comparisons have only been possible across findings from different studies. This is an obviously interesting research problem for sociologists of sport for whom one of the central research issues is inequality in access to sport and physical activity. For a conceptual framework, we looked to the literature on the SES–health relationship for a reasonable approach to theorizing how the relationship between SES and participation in sport and physical activity might vary at different ages of childhood and adolescence. This seemed appropriate because of the salience of physical activity as a risk factor for ill health and because there is some evidence that a traditional SES and physical activity relationship exists only in adolescence (Chen et al., 2002), but not earlier in childhood. There is evidence that the relationship of SES with sport and physical activity is not equivalent throughout all periods of childhood.
www.ijmer.in 245 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Method of the study
Objective of the study
To find out the level of personality among high and low SES status sports players To find out the significance difference among high and low SES sports players in their personality.
Hypothesis of the study
There would be significant difference between high and low SES sports players in their personality. There would be the effect of SES status on the personality of sports players of Bangaluru city.
Sample of the study
One hundred sports players were chosen for this research study, fifty players were measure in high socio-economic status and other fifty sports players were chosen from low socio-economic status. The sample categorized high and low SES status through the measuring scale.
Tool of the study
16 P.F. Questionnaire To measure personality factors of student-teachers, 16 P.F. Questionnaire constructed and standardized by R. B. Cattel and adopted by S. D. Kapoor in Hindi was used. As a test of normal adult personality the 16 P.F. form A to E effectively measures 16 factors given in Table-3.2. The sixteen dimensions of ‘16PF’ tests are independent, that is, the correlations between one another are found to be quite small. Therefore, having a certain position on one factor does not prevent the person having any position on other factor. Thus each
www.ijmer.in 246 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
of the sixteen scales brings an entirely new piece of information about a person’s condition which is not found in many alleged multidimensional scales. The test is available in two parallel forms. Forms A and B are equivalent forms of 187 items, untimed, requires 45-60 minutes, Forms C and D are equivalent forms of 105 items, meant for 15+ and adult, untimed, requires 25-30 minutes and Form E of 128 items is for low literates.
SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS SCALE The socio Economic Status (SES) scale developed by Bhardwaj Gupta and Chaushan (1984) was used in the Present study to measure the social, educational, professional and economic perspective of the participants. Scoring was done accordingly to the norms that were given in the manual.
www.ijmer.in 247 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
Data Analysis & Interpretation
Table 1- Shows the mean, sd, t values of 16 Personality traits of High and Low Socio-economic status in sports players of Bangaluru City. Significance at 0.05 levels. Categor A B C E F G H I L M N O Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 y 6.6 6.2 5.5 6.2 5.2 5.1 3.7 4.4 4.4 3.8 3.6 4.9 6.8 5.6 4.3 M 6.93 HIG 0 0 3 0 7 3 3 0 0 0 0 3 0 7 3 H S 1.6 1.7 1.5 1.8 1.3 1.1 1.5 1.0 1.0 2.5 2.1 1.3 1.7 1.9 0.9 1.64 D 1 1 3 6 6 7 7 7 7 5 4 1 5 2 6 4.0 3.4 3.4 4.1 3.4 3.9 5.6 4.8 5.6 3.0 4.4 3.6 5.8 3.5 5.8 LOW M 3.53 0 0 0 3 0 3 7 7 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 S 1.8 1.7 1.7 2.2 1.7 2.5 1.2 1.7 1.7 1.5 2.5 1.0 2.1 1.2 2.0 1.14 D 8 1 1 7 1 7 1 4 3 5 1 7 7 8 4 11.7 7.6 4.5 6.1 4.5 5.1 2.5 8.6 2.1 3.8 1.4 1.3 2.2 4.4 4.0 t-value 5.5 2 2 6 3 0 7 6 1 4 9 5 7 6 1 5
www.ijmer.in 248 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
8 7 6 5 4 HIGH SES 3 LOW SES 2 1 0 A B C E F G H I L MN OQ1Q2Q3Q4 This clearly indicates that high SES sports players sample group was more expedient, venturesome, hard to fool’ practical, calculating forthright, liberal, experimenting, open to change, critical, self sufficient, prefers own decision etc. Where the Low SES players sample group was cool, less intelligent, less abstract thinkers, bright, emotionally less stable, mild, accommodating, sober, serious, rule bonded, persevering, shy, timid, tender minded, sensitive, group dependent, undisciplined, tensed. etc. The t-value on all these factors are significant beyond 0.05 level. This indicates that there are significant influence of Economic status factor on personality factors, therefore it can be said that there are significant personality differences in majority of the factors between Personalities. The earlier studies have also supported the study that age factor also having the influence on the personality.
Conclusion
The research study was proved the research hypothesis by these conclusions.
There is a significance difference in personality traits among High and Low Socio-economic status in sports players
www.ijmer.in 249 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
The Socio-economic factor has the influence on the personality of sports players of Bangaluru City. The study shows that the personality of sports players effected by the socio-economic status. There is need to give the more financial assistance to sports players to improve their personality.
Reference
1. Allport (1961). Pattern and growth in personality. New York, Holt, Renihart and Winston. 2. Eysenck (1959) Headache, Personality and the stress. The British J. of Psychiatric, 111, 1193-1197. 3. www.Outdoor sports.com 4. Cattell`s personality Wikipedia
5. Cattell, R. B. (1966). The Scree Test for the number of factors. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 1(2), 245-276. (8484 citations)
6. Cattell, R. B., Eber, H. W., & Tatsuoka, M. M. (1988). Handbook for the Sixteen Personality Factor Questionnaire (16 PF). Champaign IL: IPAT. (2895 citations)
7. Sports journals,
www.ijmer.in 250 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286
VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016
ieerlee³eeëefMe#eece=leced Dr. R.Chandrasekhar Assistant Professor Department of Education Rashtriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha Tirupati-517 507, Chittoor District (A.P)
HeejeMe³e&Je®eë mejespececeueb ieerleeLe&ievOeeslkeÀìb veeveeK³eevekeÀkesÀmejb nefjkeÀLeemecyeesOeveeyeesefOeleced ~ ueeskesÀ meppeve me=äew efJeÐeceeve ÒeeefCekeÀesìerveeb efmLeeflekeÀejkeÀm³e He¨eveeYem³e cegKeHe¨eeefÜefveëme=lee F³eb ÞeerceÓieJeÃerlee ceeveJeeveeb keÀu³eeCee³e HejceeLe&³egÊeÀeced DeueewefkeÀkeÀefMe#eeb Òeooeefle ~ www.ijmer.in 251 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016 ceveg<³eë, m$eer Heg© ³es ³eLee ceeb ÒeHeÐevles, leebmleLewJe Yepeec³enced~ cece Jelcee&vegJele&vles ceveg<³eeë HeeLe& meJe&Meë ~~ (4-11) SJeb mJe-mJe mJeeYeeefJekeÀkeÀce&JeMeeled ceeb mebÒeeL³e& cevegpeeë HejceefmeeqOob ÒeeHvegJevleerefle Þeerke=À ³eleë ÒeJe=efÊeYetleeveeb ³esve meJe&efceob leleced~ mJekeÀce&Cee leceY³e®³e& efmeeqOob efJevoefle ceeveJeë ~~(18-46) megKeogëKes meces ke=ÀlJee ueeYeeueeYeew pe³eepe³eew ~ lelees ³egOoe³e ³egO³emJe vewJeb HeeHeceJeeHm³eefme ~~ (2-38) ieerlee®ee³e&ë keÀLe³eefle – ’pe³e-Hejepe³eew, ueeYeeueeYeew leLee megKeogëKes meceb celJee ³egO³emJe ~ SJeb ke=Àles meefle lJeb HeeHeb vewJe ÒeeHvees ³eg×eled IeesjefmLeefleë efkebÀ Jee YeefJelegcen&efle? Hejb ³egOome¢MeIeesjHeefjefmLeefle www.ijmer.in 252 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016 ®esled Dev³esY³eë megKeb Òeos³eb, Flejs HeM³eLe ieerlee³eeë DeueewefkeÀkeÀb Mewef#ekebÀ cenÊJeced ~ ³eLee – osJeevYeeJe³eleevesve les osJee YeeJe³evleg Jeë~ HejmHejb YeeJe³evleë Þes³eë HejceJeeHm³eLe ~~ (3-11) HejmHejced GVeefleb keÀe*d#eCleë Þes³eëÒeeHvegJeefvle ~ meJezë Hejefnleb keÀe*d#eCeer³eced ~ lesve meJex Deleë Dev³esY³eë efnleced Dee®ejCeer³eced, megKeb Òeos³eb, Deeojë keÀjCeer³eë, mesJee keÀjCeer³ee ~ Dev³eë DemceekebÀ mesJeeb keÀjesleg ve Jee leomceeefYeë ve ieCeveer³eë~ DeLee&led Hejs www.ijmer.in 253 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016 ~ Hejs DeLe kesÀve Òe³egkeÌleesç³eb HeeHeb ®ejefle Het© VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016 ie=”efvlemce ~ Oevem³e DeHes#ee veemeerled ~ Hejced, DeÐelevekeÀeues OeveueeYee³e meJe¥ efJe$eÀerCeefvle ~ Oevemeb®e³eeLe¥ meJee&C³eefHe Jemletefve efJe$eÀer³e Jemletveeced DeYeeJeë peeleë~ Oevemeb®e³esve ve keÀesçefHe ueeYeë ~ JemlJeYeeJes Oevem³e efkebÀ Òe³eespeveced ? OeveJ³e³eë mJeYeesiee³e DeLeJee Hejs SkeÀë ceeefce&keÀë efJe Jele&ceeves ³ee DeMeeefvleë, keÀuenë, mebIe keÀce&C³esJeeefOekeÀejmles cee HeÀues mJekeÀce&C³esJe ceeveJeeveeced DeefOekeÀejë Jele&les ve leg HeÀues VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016 efmLejyegeqOo³egkeÌleb cegefveb SJeb Heefj®ee³e³eefle ~ ogëKes Þes³eeved mJeOeceex efJeiegCeë HejOecee&lmJevegefÿleeled ~ mJeOecex efveOeveb Þes³eë HejOeceex Ye³eeJenë ~~ (3-35) %eevemeo=MeHeefJe$eJemleg Fn mebmeejs Dev³eled ve efJeÐeles ~ ³eLeesefn %eeveb mebÒeeH³e cevegpeë MeerIe´b Meeefvleb DeJeeHveesefle~ ve efn %eevesve meo=Meb HeefJe$eefcen efJeÐeles ~(4-38) %eeveb ueyOJee Hejeb Meeefvleceef®ejsCeeefOeie®íefle ~~ (4-39) Oeerceeved meJe&oe peerJejeMeerveeb meceoMeea YeJeefle ~ efJeÐeeefJeve³emecHevves ye´eïeCes ieefJe nefmleefve ~ Megefve ®ewJe MJeHeekesÀ ®e HeefC[leeë meceoefMe&veë ~~ (5-18) YekeÌleë meJe&Yetleeveeced DeÜs<ìe, meJes& VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016 ieerlee®ee³e&ë Depeg&vee³e DeelceewHec³eefJe ve ces HeeLee&efmle keÀle&J³eb ef$e www.ijmer.in 257 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016 %eeves MeeqkeÌleë, F®íe MeeqkeÌleë ~ MeeqkeÌle$e³em³e melJesçefHe ceveg<³eë De%eeveJeMeeled leLee megKeemekeÌl³ee ®e mJe³eb v³etvelee³eeë ogëKeced DevegYeJeefle ~ ³eefo ceeveJeë MeeqkeÌle$e³em³e meogHe³eesieb keÀjesefle leefn& mJev³etveleeb Hetjef³elJee HetCe&leeb ÒeeHveesefle ~ pevceveë meeLe&keÀleeb ÒeeHveesefle ~ efve Mejerjeled DeefJeYeep³e (Deme²esYetlJee) mJeer³es mJeªHes efmLeefleë ’%eeveMeÊesÀë“ meogHe³eesieë ~ De³ecesJe ’%eeve³eesieë “~ ’YeieJeevesJeenb“ leLee ’DencesJe YeieJeeved “ Fefle De²erkeÀejë ’F®íeMeÊesÀë“ meogHe³eesieë ~ De³ecesJe ’YeefÊeÀ³eesieë“~ YeieJeÃerlee ³eesieceeie&$e³em³e efMe#eeb Òeooeefle ~ ³eLee - ³eë kesÀJeueb ³e%eeLe&ced DeLee&led efve ieleme²m³e cegÊeÀm³e %eeveeJeeqmLele®eslemeë ~ ³e%ee³ee®ejleë keÀce& meceûeb ÒeefJeueer³eles ~~ (4-23) keÀejCeb efJevee MejerjeefoHeoeLee&ë ’cece“ SJeb ’ce¿eced “ Fefle YeeJeveeb Heefjl³ep³e HejmesJee³eeb ueiveeë YeJeefvle ®esled S leÊJeefJeÊeg ceneyeenes iegCekeÀce&efJeYeeie³eesë ~ iegCee iegCes VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016 Òeke=Àl³ewJe ®e keÀcee&efCe ef¬eÀ³eceeCeeefve meJe&Meë ~ ³eë HeM³eefle leLeelceevecekeÀlee&jb me HeM³eefle ~~ (13-29) ³eë mebmeejefJecegkeÌlees YetlJee YeieJeleë MejCeb ie®íefle meë YeieJevleb efJevee Dev³eeqlkeÀceefHe ve Jee_íefle~ lem³e GOojCeªHeoeef³elJeb YeieJeleë GHeefj YeJeefle ~ Deleë YeieJeeved mJe³eb MejCeeielem³e lem³e YekeÌlem³e ³eesie#esceb Jenefle ~ Devev³eeef½evle³evlees ceeb ³es peveeë He³eg&Heemeles ~ les YekeÌl³ee lJevev³e³ee Meke̳e DencesJebefJeOeesçpeg&ve ~ %eelegb êägb ®e leÊJesve ÒeJesägb ®e HejbleHe ~~ (11-54) SJeb jerl³ee YeieJeÃerlee³eeb DeveskeÀeë DeueewefkeÀkeÀefMe#eeë ÒeoÊeemmeefvle ~ Sleovegmeejb ceeveJeë mecee®e³e& megiecele³ee mJeHejceue#³eb HejceelceleÊJeb ÒeeHlegb MekeÌveesefle ~ www.ijmer.in 259 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 7(5), JULY 2016 ³eb ye´ïee Je©Cesvê©êce©leë mlegJeefvle efoJ³ewë mleJew- Jexowë mee²Heo¬eÀceesHeefve HeefjMeerefuele ûevLeë 1.ÞeerceÓieJeÃerlee ~ www.ijmer.in 260